Home

2013 Nissan Altima Sedan

1. 7 6 Environmental factors influence the rate of corrosion 7 6 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water CAUTION Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect t
2. 1 4 Folding rear seat 1 6 Head restraints 1 7 Seat belts 1 10 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Pregnant women 1 13 Injured persons 1 13 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 13 Seat belt extenders 1 16 Seat belt maintenance 1 17 Child safety 1 17 Infants 1 18 Small children 1 18 Larger children 1 18 Child restraints 1 19 Precautions on child restraints 1 19 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 1 21 Rear facing child restraint installation using LATCH
3. 1 23 Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat belts 1 25 Forward facing child restraint installation using LATCH 1 28 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts 1 30 Installing top tether strap 1 33 Booster seats 1 33 Supplemental restraint system 1 37 Precautions on supplemental restraint system 1 37 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag systems 1 50 Seat belts with pretensioners Front seats 1 51 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 52 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 52 WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under
4. 4 25 Heater and air conditioner automatic if so equipped 4 29 Automatic operation 4 30 Manual operation 4 30 Operating tips 4 31 Servicing air conditioner 4 32 Audio system 4 32 Radio 4 32 FM radio reception 4 32 AM radio reception 4 33 Satellite radio reception if so equipped 4 33 Audio operation precautions 4 33 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player if so equipped 4 41 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 4 46 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped 4 51 USB interface models without Navigation System if so equipped 4 57 USB interface models with Navigation
5. 8 30 Exterior and interior lights 8 32 Wheels and tires 8 35 Tire pressure 8 35 Tire labeling 8 39 Types of tires 8 42 Tire chains 8 43 Changing wheels and tires 8 44 Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is
6. 3 32 Vanity mirrors 3 33 Mirrors 3 33 Rearview mirror if so equipped 3 33 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped 3 34 Outside mirrors 3 35 1 Intelligent Key 2 sets 2 Mechanical key 3 Key number plate 1 plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System components As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be regis tered by an NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System of your vehicle Since the reg istration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record
7. 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Engine oil 8 10 Checking engine oil level 8 10 Changing engine oil 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 8 12 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 13 Power steering fluid 8 14 Brake fluid 8 14 Brake fluid 8 15 Windshield washer fluid 8 15 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 15 Battery 8 16 Jump starting 8 18 Variable voltage control system 8 18 Drive belt 8 19 Spark plugs 8 20 Replacing spark plugs
8. 4 41 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player 4 46 4 51 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 20 Rear power windows 2 43 Rear seat 1 6 RearView Monitor 4 11 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 29 Recorders Event data 9 20 Refrigerant recommendation 9 7 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 S Safety Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Child seat belts 1 19 1 25 1 30 1 33 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Rear seat adjustment 1 6 Seatback pockets 2 39 Seat belt Child safety 1 17 Infants and small children 1 18 Injured Person 1 13 Larger children 1 18 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Pregnant women 1 13 Seat belt extenders 1 16 Seat belt maintenance
9. 4 21 4 30 Servicing air conditioner 4 32 Air flow charts 4 25 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 26 Anchor point locations 1 23 Antenna 4 72 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 32 Armrests 1 7 Audible reminders 2 16 Audio system 4 32 Bluetooth audio 4 65 4 66 4 67 Compact disc CD player 4 43 4 48 4 54 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player 4 41 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player 4 46 4 51 Audio System iPod Player 4 60 4 62 Audio system Radio 4 32 USB interface 4 57 4 58 Autolight switch 2 31 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 44 Transmission shift selector lock release 5 17 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 34 Automatic door locks 3 6 AUX jack 4 44 4 49 4 56 B Battery 8 16 Charge warning light 2 11 Before starting the engine
10. 9 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Installing front license plate 9 13 Vehicle loading information 9 13 Terms 9 13 Vehicle load capacity 9 14 Loading tips 9 16 Measurement of weights 9 16 Towing a trailer 9 17 Flat towing 9 17 Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 Emission control system warranty 9 18 Reporting safety defects 9 19 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 20 Event Data Recorders EDR 9 20 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 21 The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended
11. 2 16 Vehicle Information Display 2 17 How to use the vehicle information display 2 17 Startup display 2 17 Settings 2 18 Vehicle information display warnings and indicators 2 23 Security systems 2 26 Vehicle security system 2 26 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 27 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 28 Switch operation 2 28 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch 2 29 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 30 Xenon headlights if so equipped 2 30 Headlight control switch 2 31 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 33 Instrument brightness control 2 33 Turn signal switch 2 34 Fog light switch if so equipped
12. 5 32 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 33 Cold weather driving 5 35 Freeing a frozen door lock 5 35 Anti freeze 5 35 Battery 5 35 Draining of coolant water 5 35 Tire equipment 5 35 Special winter equipment 5 36 Driving on snow or ice 5 36 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 36 WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when no
13. 4 78 List of voice commands 4 80 Voice Adaptation VA mode 4 84 Manual control 4 86 Troubleshooting guide 4 87 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System Type B if so equipped 4 88 Regulatory Information 4 89 Using the system 4 90 Control buttons 4 91 Connecting procedure 4 92 Voice commands 4 93 Making a call 4 94 Receiving a call 4 95 During a call 4 95 Ending a call 4 96 Text messaging 4 96 Bluetooth settings 4 98 Manual control 4 99 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys
14. 8 20 Air cleaner 8 20 In cabin microfilter 8 21 Windshield wiper blades 8 21 Cleaning 8 21 Replacing 8 22 Brakes 8 23 Self adjusting brakes 8 23 Brake pad wear indicators 8 23 Fuses 8 23 Engine compartment 8 24 Passenger compartment 8 25 Battery replacement 8 27 NISSAN Intelligent Key 8 27 Lights 8 28 Headlights 8 28 Front park light 8 29 Fog lights if so equipped 8 29 Park turn signal lights
15. 3 17 3 24 Interior light 2 46 Interior trunk lid release 3 29 iPod Player 4 60 4 62 ISOFIX child restraints 1 21 J Jump starting 6 8 K Keyfob battery replacement 8 27 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 13 3 19 Keys For Intelligent Key system 3 2 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Engine serial number 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 52 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 1 21 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light 1 52 2 14 Brake light See stop light 8 32 Bulb check instrument panel 2 10 Bulb replacement 8 32 Charge warning light 2 11 Console light 2 47 Fog light switch 2 34 Headligh
16. 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel economy 5 29 Fuel filler door and cap 3 30 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 30 Fuel gauge 2 5 Fuel octane rating 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Loose fuel cap warning 2 25 3 30 Fuses 8 23 10 2 Fusible links 8 25 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 48 Gas cap 3 30 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuel gauge 2 5 Odometer 2 4 Speedometer 2 4 Tachometer 2 4 Trip odometer 2 4 General maintenance 8 2 Glove box 2 41 Glove box lock 2 41 Grocery hooks 2 42 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 73 4 88 4 99 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 30 Headlight control
17. 4 4 How to use the touch screen 4 5 How to use the BACK button 4 7 How to use the MENU button 4 7 button 4 11 RearView Monitor if so equipped 4 11 How to read the displayed lines 4 12 How to park with predicted course lines Navigation System only 4 13 Difference between predicted and actual distances 4 14 Moving Object Detection MOD if so equipped 4 16 Adjusting the screen 4 18 Operating tips 4 19 Vents 4 20 Heater and air conditioner manual if so equipped 4 21 Controls 4 22 Heater operation 4 23 Air conditioner operation 4 24 Air flow charts
18. 5 13 Parking brake 5 19 Blind Spot Warning BSW System Lane Departure Warning LDW System if so equipped 5 19 BSW system operation 5 20 BSW driving situations 5 22 LDW system operation 5 24 BSW LDW temporary disabled status 5 25 BSW LDW automatic deactivation 5 25 Camera unit maintenance 5 26 Cruise control if so equipped 5 26 Precautions on cruise control 5 26 Cruise control operations 5 26 Break in schedule 5 28 Fuel efficient driving tips 5 28 Increasing fuel economy 5 29 Parking parking on hills 5 30 Power steering 5 31 Brake system 5 31 Brake precautions 5 31 Anti lock Braking System ABS
19. 8 9 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Corrosion protection 7 6 Cruise control 5 26 Cup holders 2 40 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 33 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 29 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 33 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 4 Door locks 3 4 Drive belt 8 19 Driving Cold weather driving 5 35 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 13 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy fuel 5 29 Emission control information label 9 12 Emission control system warranty 9 18 Engine Before starting the engine 5 11 Block heater 5 36 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Changing engine oil 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 8 12 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Checking engine oil level 8 10 Engine com
20. 1 52 2 14 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 Battery charge warning light 2 11 Brake warning light 2 11 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Low fuel warning light 2 13 2 24 Low tire pressure warning light 2 11 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 24 Passenger air bag and status light 1 46 Seat belt warning light 2 13 Vehicle security system 2 26 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 52 Warning lights 2 10 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 28 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheels and tires 8 35 Wheel tire size 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 43 Power rear windows 2 43 Power windows 2 42 Rear power windows 2 43 Windshield washer fluid 8 15 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 28 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 28 Wiper blades 8 21 10 6 RECOMMENDED FUEL Use
21. 5 11 Belt See drive belt 8 19 Block heater Engine 5 36 Bluetooth audio 4 65 4 66 4 67 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 73 4 88 4 99 Booster seats 1 33 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 32 Brake fluid 8 14 Brake light See stop light 8 32 Brake system 5 31 Brake warning light 2 11 Brake wear indicators 2 16 8 23 Parking brake operation 5 19 Self adjusting brakes 8 23 Brakes 8 23 Break in schedule 5 28 Brightness contrast button 4 11 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 33 Bulb check instrument panel 2 10 Bulb replacement 8 32 C Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 13 Car phone or CB radio 4 73 CD care and cleaning 4 70 CD player See audio system 4 43 4 48 4 54 Check tire pressure 2 25 Child restraints 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 21 Precautions on chi
22. 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 17 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 14 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Map lights 2 48 Map pocket 2 38 Meters and gauges 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 33 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 34 Inside mirror 3 33 Outside mirror control 3 35 Outside mirrors 3 35 Vanity mirror 3 33 Moonroof 2 45 N NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 18 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 27 3 4 5 11 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 109 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 Odometer 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Changing engine oil 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 8 12 Checking engine oil level 8 10 Engine oil 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6
23. 2 37 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 28 10 5 T Tachometer 2 4 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 27 3 4 5 11 Three way catalyst 5 2 Tire Flat tire 6 3 Spare tire 6 4 8 47 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tire chains 8 43 Tire placard 9 12 Tire pressure 8 35 Tire rotation 8 44 Types of tires 8 42 Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 Wheels and tires 8 35 Wheel tire size 9 9 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 11 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Towing Flat towing 9 17 Tow truck towing 6 11 Trailer towing 9 17 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 48 Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 13 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 13 Shift selector lock relea
24. 1 17 Seat belts 1 10 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 16 Three point type with retractor 1 13 Seat belt warning light 2 13 Seats Adjustment 1 2 Front seats 1 2 Heated seats 2 35 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seat 1 6 Security indicator light 2 15 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 27 3 4 5 11 Self adjusting brakes 8 23 Service manual order form 9 21 Servicing air conditioner 4 32 Setting button 4 7 Shifting Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 14 Shift lock release 5 17 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 16 Spark plug replacement 8 20 Speedometer 2 4 Spotlights See map light 2 48 SRS warning label 1 52 Starting Before starting the engine 5 11 Jump starting 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting
25. Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7 range This reduces fuel economy When shifting up Move the shift selector to the up side Shifts to higher range When shifting down Move the shift selector to the down side Shifts to lower range Moving the shift selector rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession When canceling the manual shift mode Return the shift selector to the D Drive position to return the transmission to the normal driving mode In the manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control In the manual shift mode the transmis sion may shift up automatically to a higher range than selected if the en gine speed is too high When the ve hicle speed decreases the transmis sion automatically shifts down and shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop CVT operation is limited to automatic drive mode when CVT fluid temperature is ex tremely low even if manual shift mode is selected This is not a malfunction When CVT fluid warms up manual mode can be selected When the CVT fluid temperature is high the shift range may upshift in lower rpm than usual This is not a malfunction 5 16 Starting and driving Shift lock release If the battery charg
26. 2 34 Horn 2 34 Heated seats if so equipped 2 35 Heated steering wheel if so equipped 2 36 Warning systems switch if so equipped 2 36 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 37 Power outlet 2 37 Storage 2 38 Map pockets 2 38 Seatback pockets if so equipped 2 39 Sunglasses holder 2 39 Cup holders 2 40 Glove box 2 41 Console box 2 41 Grocery hooks 2 42 Windows 2 42 Power windows 2 42 Moonroof if so equipped 2 45 Automatic moonroof 2 45 Interior li
27. Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible CORROSION PROTECTION 7 6 Appearance and care CAUTION NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris f
28. Do not attach licence plate accessories that reflect light Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit 1 CANCEL switch 2 ACCEL RES switch 3 COAST SET switch 4 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver If the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control switch off and have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system use the following proce dures WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel will illuminate LSD2115 LSD208
29. Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Call Lists Select the name from the in coming outgoing or missed call history Redial Dial the last outgoing call from the vehicle Input the phone number manually using a keypad displayed on the screen For information on how to use the touchscreen see How to use the touchscreen in this section RECEIVING A CALL When a call is placed to the connected phone the display will change to phone mode To accept the incoming call either Press the button on the steering wheel or Touch the green phone icon on the screen To reject the incoming call either Press the button on the steering wheel or Touch the red phone icon on the screen LHA2297 LHA2298 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DURING A CALL While a call is active the following options are available on the screen Handset Select this option to switch control of the phone call over to the handset Mute Mic Select this option to mute the microphone Select again to unmute the microphone Red phone icon Select to end the phone call ENDING A CALL To end a phone call select the red phone icon on the screen or press the button on the steering wheel TEXT MESSAGING WARNING Use the text messaging feature after
30. While an audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 CD eject button 2 CD insert slot 3 SCAN button 4 DISP button 5 RPT RDM button 6 TUNE FOLDER knob MENU button 7 AUX IN jack 8 AUX button 9 CD button 10 AM button 11 FM button 12 VOL volume control knob power but ton 13 Station select 1 6 buttons 14 TRACK button 15 SEEK button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume control knob power but ton Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the VOL volume control knob power button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running place the ignition in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the VOL volume control knob power button again turns the system off Turn the VOL volume control knob power button to the right to increase volume
31. 6 10 Starting the engine 5 12 Steering Heated steering wheel 2 36 Power steering system 5 31 Stop light 8 32 Storage 2 38 Sunglasses case 2 39 Sunglasses holder 2 39 Sunroof 2 45 Sunroof see Moonroof 2 45 Sun visors 3 32 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 52 2 14 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 44 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 52 Precautions on supplemental restraint system 1 37 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 37 Switch Autolight switch 2 31 Automatic power window switch 2 44 Fog light switch 2 34 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 30 Headlight control switch 2 31 Power door lock switch 3 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 29 Turn signal switch 2 34 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch
32. Bluetooth Select On or Off to turn the vehicle s Bluetooth system on or off Add Phone or Device To connect a phone to the system see Connecting procedure in this section Delete Phone or Device Select to delete a phone from the displayed list The system will ask to confirm before deleting the phone Replace Phone Select to replace a phone from the displayed list When a selection is made the system will ask to confirm before proceeding The recorded phonebook for the phone being deleted will be saved as long as the new phone s phonebook is the same as the old phone s phonebook Select Phone or Device Select to connect to a previously connected phone from the displayed list Show Incoming Calls Select Driver Only to have incoming call information displayed only in the vehicle in formation display Select Both to have in coming call information displayed in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Phonebook Download Select to turn on or off the automatic down load of a connected phone s phonebook Text Message Select to turn on or off the vehicle s text messaging feature LHA2257 LHA2274 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems New Text Sound Select to adjust the volume of the sound that plays when a new text is received by a phone connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free
33. Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tions in Technical and consumer informa tion later in this manual INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Starting and driving 5 29 WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift selector has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift selector to the P Park posi tion 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good
34. When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ACC position the predicted course lines may be dis played incorrectly The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a refer ence only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual dis tance between the vehicle and dis played objects When backing up the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are fur ther than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they ap pear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course 1 Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle 2 The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen A when the shift selector is moved to the R Reverse position LHA1197 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 3 Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predicted course lines B enter the parking space C 4 Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines D parallel to the parking space C while referring to the pre dicted course lines 5 When the vehicle is parked in the space completely m
35. 2013 ALTIMA SEDAN OWNER S MANUAL For your safety read carefully and keep in this vehicle 2013 NISSAN ALTIMA SEDAN L33 D L33 D Printing December 2012 05 Publication No OM0E 0L32U2 Printed in U S A OM3E 0L33U4 Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourse
36. 3 After completing the circles the display should return to normal If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized NISSAN dealer WIC0355 2 8 Instruments and controls The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the ve hicle moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabilized CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 9 Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Malfunction Indicator Light MIL or Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light Charge warning light Fog light indicator light if so equipped Side light and headlight indicator light green Low tire pressure warning light Front passenger air bag status light Slip indicator light Master warning light High beam indicator light blue Turn signal hazard indicator lights Power steering warning light Overdrive off indi
37. Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Speak Digits B When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section for more details Special Number C For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial D Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call Back E Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back
38. Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibit
39. Reset all settings memory Select the Reset All Settings Memory key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory Info For information about the Info key see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual XM For XM setup refer to Audio system in this section BUTTON To change the display brightness press the button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Press and hold the button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on When the shift selector is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows a rearward view from the vehicle WARNING The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Do not put anyt
40. CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 8 Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Do not mix with other fluids Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the warranty When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing VQ35DE LDI2143 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked when the fluid is cold at fluid temperatures of 0 to 30 C 32 to 86 F The fluid level can be checked with the level gauge which is attached to the cap To check the fluid level remove the cap The fluid level should be between the MAX 1 and MIN 2 lines If the fluid is below the MIN 2 line add G
41. How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two zero zero Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special Number com mand and the Send command during a call See List of voice commands and Special number in this section for more information Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say plus for availa
42. iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later iPad firmware version 4 3 2 or later iPad 2 firmware version 4 3 3 or later Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then press the CD AUX or iPod MENU button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the audio system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod plays when the audio system is turned back on If the audio system is off pressing the CD AUX or iPod MENU button turns the audio system on and plays the iPod If the audio system is on the audio system auto matically begins playing tracks from the iPod when it is plugged into the jack iPod MENU button Press the iPod MENU button while the iPod is connected to show the iPod operation menu on the audio display Scroll through the menu list using the TUNE SCROLL control dial Press EN TER to select a menu item Items in the iPod menu appear on the display in the following or der Now playing Playlists Artists Albums Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle songs For more information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual SEEK CAT buttons Press the SEEK CAT buttons or to skip backwar
43. CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the ve hicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to 0 Empty after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters 0 Empty LIC2220 LIC2222 Instruments and controls 2 5 The indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the ve hicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL later in this section This unit measures terrestrial magnetism and in dicates the dire
44. DRIVE BELT Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Iridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped A spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping QR25DE Always replace spark plugs with recommended ones VQ35DE Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance NOTE The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace the air cleaner filter according to the maintenance log shown in the Warranty Informa tion and Maintenance Booklet To remove the air cleaner filter Unlatch the clips and move the air cleaner cover upward Remove the air cleaner filter SDI1895 QR25DE LDI2117 SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous ing and the cover with a damp cloth NOTE After installing a new air cleaner make sure the air cleaner cover is seate
45. Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident The Blind Spot Warning BSW system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes The Lane Departure Warning LDW system helps alert the driver when the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane The BSW LDW systems use the rear view moni tor camera unit 1 with automatic washer and blower WARNING The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with ve hicles or objects When changing lanes always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes Never rely solely on the BSW system LSD2091 PARKING BRAKE BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYSTEM LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SYSTEM if so equipped Starting and driving 5 19 The LDW system is only a warning de vice to help inform the driver of a poten tial unintended lane departure It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the ve hicle in the traveling lane and be in control of the vehicle at all times The camera unit may not function prop erly under the following conditions When towing a trailer When strong light enters the camera unit e g light directl
46. Do not use body wax on the camera window If body wax does get on the camera window wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water Adjust air flow direction by moving the vent slides Open or close the vents by using the dial Move the dial toward the to open the vents or toward the to close them Side LHA2255 Center LHA2256 VENTS 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems WARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Rear LHA1134 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual if so equipped Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 1 Fan speed control system OFF dial air conditioning A C button 2 Air flow control buttons 3 Temperature control dial MAX A C button 4 Air recirculation button 5 Rear window defroster button 6 F
47. Engine oil viscosity 9 6 Outside mirror control 3 35 Outside mirrors 3 35 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Owner s manual order form 9 21 Owner s manual service manual order information 9 21 P Parking Parking brake operation 5 19 Parking parking on hills 5 30 Personal lights 2 47 Phone Bluetooth hands free system 4 73 4 88 4 99 Power Power door locks 3 5 Power outlet 2 37 Power rear windows 2 43 Power steering system 5 31 Power windows 2 42 Rear power windows 2 43 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 19 1 25 1 30 1 33 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Precautions on supplemental restraint system 1 37 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Programmable features 4 7 Push starting 6 10 10 4 R Radio Car phone or CB radio 4 73 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player
48. MIRRORS Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims during night time conditions and ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is operating NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors 1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation Type A and Type B The indicator light 2 will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operating To turn off the automatic anti glare feature press the O button for inside mirrors without compass the button for inside mirrors with compass The indicator light will turn off To turn on the automatic anti glare feature again press the button for inside mirrors without compass the button for inside mirrors with compass The indicator light will turn on For information on HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver operation see the HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the Instruments and controls section of this manual For information on the compass display if so equipped see Compass display in the Instru ments and con
49. Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel PHONE SEND Press the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incom ing call You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once See List of voice commands and During a call in this section for more information PHONE END While the voice recognition sys tem is active press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time Tuning switch While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or do
50. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pres sure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly
51. Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for a period of time after you place the ignition switch in the OFF position and all doors are closed Type B WIC1436 Type C WIC1510 LIC2351 Instruments and controls 2 31 NOTE Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff can be ad justed See Vehicle information display in this section To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 1 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for a period of time If another door is opened while the headlights are on then the timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF or position Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor located in the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sen sor controls the autolight if it is covered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the ignition switch placed in the ON position your vehicle s battery could be come discharged Hea
52. USB if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number Press the ENTER button to show the USB Menu Bluetooth Audio if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to skip ahead or back to the next song Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to reverse or fast forward the current song Pandora Audio if so equipped Tilt up for less than 1 5 seconds to input thumbs up for the current song Tilt down for less than 1 5 seconds to input thumbs down for the current song Tilt up for more than 1 5 seconds to skip to the next song if the maximum of six skips per station per hour has not been exceeded AUX Press the ENTER button to show the AUX Menu ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window CAUTION Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor recep tion or noise When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following preca
53. Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone owner s manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones REGULATORY INFORMATION
54. 3 To change the timer amount use the buttons and the ENTER button to save the selected time amount Navigation if so equipped This setting allows the customer to enable disable the alert for navigation in the ve hicle information display 1 Use the buttons to select Naviga tion 2 Press the ENTER button to turn ON OFF the alert Vehicle Settings The vehicle settings allows the customer to change settings for interior lights intelligent key settings unlock settings and other vehicle set tings The vehicle settings can be changed using the and the ENTER buttons Auto Room Lamp The interior lights can be set to be ON or OFF if any door is unlocked From the Vehicle Settings menu select Auto Room Light Use the ENTER button to turn this feature ON or OFF 2 20 Instruments and controls Light Sensitivity if so equipped The light sensitivity can be set to illuminate earlier based on the brightness outside the vehicle From the Vehicle Settings menu select Light Sensitivity Use the ENTER button to change the sensitivity Light Off Delay if so equipped The duration of the automatic headlights can be changed from 0 to 180 seconds From the Ve hicle Settings menu select Light Off Delay Use the ENTER button to change the duration Wiper with Speed The wiper with speed can be set to be ON or OFF From the Vehicle Settings menu select Wiper with Speed
55. 3 3 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key This is because the regis tration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System CAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors can not be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors WARNING Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They
56. However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is posi
57. Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception SEEK and TRACK tuning buttons Press the SEEK button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcast ing station Press the TRACK button to tune from high to low frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station Press and hold either button to seek at a faster speed SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies Scan tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can
58. Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information Index 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Exterior front 0 3 Exterior rear 0 4 Passenger compartment 0 5 Instrument panel 0 6 Engine compartment check locations 0 8 Warning indicator lights 0 10 1 Top tether strap anchor P 1 23 2 Rear seat belts P 1 10 3 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag P 1 37 4 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 37 5 Head restraints P 1 7 6 Front seat belts P 1 10 7 Side impact pressure sensor driver s side shown passenger s side similar P 1 52 8 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 37 9 Seats P 1 2 10 Occupant classification senso
59. The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire Starting and driving 5 3 The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted on all 4 tires After all 4 tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the l
60. Up to 24 digits can be entered Available special characters are star pound plus and pause When finished say Dial to initiate the call Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted num ber or character Redial Speak this command to dial the number of the last outgoing call The system will display Redialing lt name number gt The name of the phonebook entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the num ber being redialed will be displayed Call Back Speak this command to dial the number of the last incoming call The system will display Calling back lt name number gt The name of the phone book entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the number being called back will be displayed 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems RECEIVING A CALL When a call is received by the phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System the call information is displayed on either the vehicle information display or both the vehicle information display and he control panel display Press the button to accept the call Press the button to reject the call DURING A CALL While a call is active press the button to access additional options Speak one of the fol lowing commands numbers Speak numbers and then say Send or say
61. Use the ENTER button to turn this feature ON or OFF I Key Door Lock if so equipped From the Vehicle Settings menu select I Key Door Lock When this item is turned on the request switch on the door is activated When this item is turned off the request switch on the door is deactivated Use the ENTER button to activate this function Selective Unlock When this item is turned on only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 1 minute When this item is turned to off all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once From the Vehicle Settings menu select Selective Unlock Use the ENTER button to activate this function Auto Door Unlock The auto door unlock function automatically un locks all the doors when the shift selector is placed in P park position From the Vehicle Settings menu select Auto Door Unlock Use the ENTER button to enable disable this func tion Answer back horn When the answer back horn is on the horn will chirp and the hazard indicators will flash once when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key Remote Start if so equipped The remote start function can be turned
62. Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM Starting and driving 5 31 WARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driv
63. and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im proved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive off mode push the O D OFF switch again The indicator light will turn off LSD2087 LSD2090 Starting and driving 5 17 Each time the engine is started or when the shift selector is shifted to any position other than D Drive the Overdrive off mode will be automati cally turned off Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the engine and vehicle speed may be limited Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instrument and controls
64. cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 ENGINE Model QR25DE VQ35DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder in line 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 5 x 3 9 89 0 x 100 0 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 Displacement cu in cm3 151 82 2 488 213 45 3 498 Firing order 1 3 4 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed No adjustment is necessary CVT in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug FXE20HE 11C FXE22HR 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 SPECIFICATIONS 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS
65. climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system WARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment RADIO With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi tion press the PWR power VOL volume knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality
66. creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h To turn off the cruise control use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch off The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Starting and driving 5 27 CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do n
67. inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harm ful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seat ing positions They can help save lives and re duce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only wh
68. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled 1 Window lock button 2 Power door lock switch 3 Front passenger side 4 Right rear passenger side 5 Left rear passenger side 6 Driver side automatic switch LIC2362 LIC2299 WINDOWS 2 42 Instruments and controls Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close all of the windows To open a window push the switch to the first detent and continue to hold down until the de sired window position is reached To close a window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold up until the desired window position is reached Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch to the first detent and conti
69. lows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Insert a small screwdriver A into the slit B of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case LDI2001 BATTERY REPLACEMENT Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated C D 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cau
70. operate properly and the indica tor light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the indicator light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads 5 34 Starting and driving When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry function on the Intelligent Key ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance
71. or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voi
72. such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS Front seats WARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not acti vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip men
73. ume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume LHA2257 LHA2258 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Brightness and Contrast Adjust the brightness or contrast to adjust the appearance of the display screen Clock Adjust Press the ENTER button to highlight the hours or minutes and then use the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the value Press the ENTER button again to set the value On Screen Clock Select ON or OFF to control whether or not the clock is shown in the upper right corner of the display screen RDS Display Select ON or OFF to control whether or not RDS information is displayed on the screen while the radio is playing Language Select Select the desired language for the system Eng lish Spanish and French are the available lan guages iPod MENU button This button can only be used for iPod opera tions See iPod player operation without Navi gation System later in this section for details about the function of this button FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When
74. 0 or later iPod Nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod Nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod Nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod Nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod Nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 1 or later Some features of this iPod may not be fully functional Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL ON OFF control knob will start the iPod AUX button When the AUX button is pressed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button re peatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the touchscreen BACK button or the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the menus on the screen When the iPod is playing touch the Menu key to bring up the iPod interface Depending on the i
75. 1 while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube 2 Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard Loose Fuel Cap warning The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible See Fuel filler cap 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks 3 Press the next button A on the steer ing wheel for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning B after tight ening the fuel filler cap LPD2082 LPD2090 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 TILT OPERATION Pull the lock lever down 1 and adjust the steer ing wheel up or down 2 to the desired position Push the lock lever up 1 firmly to lock the steering wheel in place WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident TELESCOPIC OPERATION Pull the lock lever down 1 and adjust the steer ing wheel forward or backward 3 to the desired position Push the lock lever up 1 firmly to lock the steering wheel in place WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper
76. 5 If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 13 MEMO 6 14 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior 7 2 Washing 7 2 Waxing 7 2 Removing spots 7 3 Underbody 7 3 Glass 7 3 Aluminum alloy wheels if so equipped 7 3 Chrome parts 7 4 Tire dressings 7 4 Cleaning interior 7 4 Air fresheners 7 5 Floor mats 7 5 Seat belts 7 6 Corrosion protection 7 6 Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion
77. AND TIRES Wheel type Size Offset mm in Steel 16 x 7 0J 50 1 97 Aluminum 17 x 7 5J 50 1 97 Aluminum 18 x 7 5J 55 2 17 T type ST spare 16 x 4T 40 1 57 T type AL spare 16 x 4T 30 1 18 Tire size 2 5 models P215 60R16 2 5 models and 3 5 models P215 55R17 3 5 models P235 45R18 Spare tire T135 70D16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length in mm 191 5 4 863 Overall width in mm 72 0 1 830 Overall height 2 5 models in mm 57 9 1 471 3 5 models in mm 58 1 1 477 Front track 16 and 17 inch tire in mm 62 4 1 585 18 inch tire in mm 62 0 1 575 Rear track 16 and 17 inch tire in mm 62 4 1 585 18 inch tire in mm 62 0 1 575 Wheelbase in mm 109 3 2 775 Gross vehicle weight rating lb kg See the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the center pillar between the driver s side front and rear doors Gross axle weight rating Front lb kg Rear lb kg Technical and consumer information 9 9 When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to
78. Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 3 Close all doors hood and trunk liftgate Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch if so equipped power door lock switch or mechanical key 4 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security sys tem is now pre armed After about 30 sec onds the vehicle security system automati cally shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position the sys tem will not arm Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all the doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition s
79. CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the seek button several times to skip backward sev eral tracks Press the seek button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the seek button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played AUX button The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any stan dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a com patible device plugged into the AUX IN jack EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player operation with Navigation System in this section For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface models with Navigation System in this section For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available w
80. Child restraints later in this section for more information NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standa
81. Delete Entry Speak this command to delete an entry in the phonebook Choose an entry to delete by speaking the desired name or say List Names Recent Calls The following commands are available under Recent Calls Incoming Calls Speak this command to list the last five incoming calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the incoming call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of incoming calls Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 Missed Calls Speak this command to list the last five missed calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the missed call will be displayed Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of missed calls Outgoing Calls Speak this command to list the last five outgoing calls from the vehicle If the call was to an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the outgoing call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that num
82. FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Bosch VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled 1 Press the
83. Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning also appears in the vehicle information dis play When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire Load and Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pres sure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recom mended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information see Vehicle informa tion display in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The Tire Pressure Low
84. OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effec tive protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passen ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash
85. Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section TPMS Error This warning appears when there is a error with your TPMS If this warning comes on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Push to start if so equipped This warning appears in the vehicle information display when the vehicle has been started using the remote start function To start the vehicle apply the brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position Loose Fuel Cap This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 25 Your vehicle may has two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors trunk lid or the hood when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key in the vehicle and always lock the vehicle when unattended
86. System 4 58 iPod player operation without Navigation System if so equipped 4 60 iPod player operation with Navigation System if so equipped 4 62 Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System Type A if so equipped 4 65 Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System Type B if so equipped 4 66 Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System if so equipped 4 67 Pandora audio United States only if so equipped 4 68 CD care and cleaning 4 70 Steering wheel switch for audio control 4 71 Antenna 4 72 Car phone or CB radio 4 73 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System Type A if so equipped 4 73 Regulatory Information 4 75 Using the system 4 75 Control buttons 4 77 Getting started
87. YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device 2 52 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keys 3 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key
88. accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants WARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING 5 2 Starting and driving Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine
89. and it may not be heard The MOD system performance will be limited according to environmental conditions and surrounding objects such as When there is low contrast between background and the moving objects MOD icon LSD2112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 When there is blinking source of light When strong light such as another vehicle s headlight or sunlight is present When camera orientation is not in its usual position such as when mirror is folded When there is dirt water drops or snow on the camera lens When the position of the moving ob jects in the display is not changed The MOD system might detect some thing like flowing water droplets on the camera lens white smoke from the muffler moving shadows etc The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed direc tion distance or shape of the moving objects If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed leaving it misaligned or bent the sens ing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly When the yellow MOD icon is displayed in the view the system is not functioning properly This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer Camera Maintenance If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the camera the MOD system may not operate proper
90. bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of a supplemen tal air bag or pretensioners or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incor rect disposal procedures could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel 2 2 Meters and gauges 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 2 4 Tachometer 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuel gauge 2 5 Compass display if so equipped 2 6 Compass display 2 7 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 10 Checking bulbs 2 10 Warning lights 2 10 Indicator lights 2 14 Audible reminders
91. based on the conditions of the ve hicle road and traffic WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not over react 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual Starting and driving 5 7 DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if
92. be dis played on the screen press and hold the DISP button for longer than 1 5 seconds to scroll through the rest of the text Press the DISP display button while the radio is playing to toggle the audio display between sta tion number and RDS Clock operation To turn the clock display on or off press the MENU button repeatedly until Clock appears on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to toggle the setting ON or OFF Clock set 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until Adjust Clock appears on the display 2 Press the ENTER button 3 Change Hour will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the hours and then press ENTER 4 Change Minute will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the minutes and then press ENTER The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds if no further adjustment is per formed FM AM radio operation AM and FM buttons Press the AM button to change the band to AM If another audio source is playing when the AM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing Press the FM button to change the band as follows FM1 FM2 FM1 If another audio source is playing when the FM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing 4 42
93. be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play SEEK and TRACK Fast Forward Rewind buttons When the SEEK button or TRACK button is pressed while the compact disc is play ing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed SEEK and TRACK buttons When the SEEK button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track follow ing the present one starts to play from the begin ning Press the SEEK button several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances one additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogni
94. belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required LRS0242 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow
95. button and observe the indica tor light If the indicator light 1 is solid continuous programming is complete and your device should acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released If the indicator light 1 blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a solid continuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps 4 At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit If there is difficulty locating the button reference the garage door opener s manual 5 Press and release the learn or smart but ton 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink button for two seconds and release Repeat the press hold release sequence up to 3 times to complete the training process HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device 7 If you have any questions or are having diffi culty programming your HomeLink but tons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian
96. can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END button to select a different lan guage 3 Press the button For information on voice adaptation see Voice Adaptation VA mode in this sec tion 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch or up or down NOTE You must press the button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone A Add phone B Initiate from handset C Name phone D 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 Press the button on the steering wh
97. carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle 1 The luggage area is not included in the op erating range but the Intelligent Key may function If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port The ignition switch will lock when any door is opened or closed with the ignition switched off LSD2089 Starting and driving 5 9 OFF The ignition switch is in the OFF position when the engine is turned off using the ignition switch No lights will illuminate on the ignition switch ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ACC has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position after 30 min utes under the following conditions all doors are closed shift lever is in P Park The bat
98. checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual WARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the
99. child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged SSS0014 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the se
100. choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as t
101. concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety
102. defog the windows 1 Press the defrost defog button 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the highest setting and the temperature control to the full HOT position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 When the position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on the indi cator light on the button will come on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The mode au tomatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging perfor mance Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Press the button to the OFF position 2 Press the air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 Press the air flow control button 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the
103. drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 1 LPD2073 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 1 If the Intelligent Key is too close to
104. ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry comman
105. entry P 2 46 5 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped P 2 48 6 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped P 3 33 7 Glove box P 2 41 8 Cup holders P 2 40 9 Console box P 2 41 10 Front seat P 1 2 11 Rear seat P 1 6 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details LII2040 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Illustrated table of contents 0 5 1 Instrument brightness control Trip com puter reset switch P 2 33 P 2 4 2 Vents P 4 20 3 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 30 4 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 37 P 2 34 5 Meters and gauges P 2 3 6 Paddle shift controls if so equipped P 5 15 7 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 28 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 9 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 44 10 Audio system controls Navigation system P 4 32 11 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 37 12 Glove box P 2 41 13 Aux jack P 4 44 4 49 4 56 14 Power outlet USB port P 2 37 4 57 4 58 15 Heater and air conditioner manual or automatic P 4 21 P 4 29 16 Shift selector P 5 13 17 Push button ignition switch P 5 8 18 Cruise control main set switch Bluetooth Hands free Phone System P 5 26 P 4 99 P 4 73 P 4 88 19 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 32 20 Steering wheel switch for audio control Vehicl
106. example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety Child Restraint and Booster Seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position 2 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions WRS0699 Safety Se
107. front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury WDI0259 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs drums Such inter ference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety I
108. garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming When the HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink later in this section LIC2304 MAP LIGHTS TRUNK LIGHT HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped 2 48 Instruments and controls WARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within r
109. ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid WCE0054 In case of emergency 6 9 CAUTION Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps WARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause en
110. have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints Thi
111. hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS if so equipped Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels WAI0005 Appearance and care 7 3 Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you
112. ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window When the automatic operation for the power window switch does not operate If the automatic operation does not operate prop erly perform the following procedure to initialize the power window switch 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Press and hold the driver s window switch down until the window opens completely 3 Release the switch 4 Pull and hold the driver s window switch up to the second detent until the window glass has reached the full close position Con tinue to hold the window switch in the up position for 5 seconds after the win dow glass has reached the full close position It is necessary for this entire step to be completed with one continuous pull of the window switch 5 Release the switch Initialization is now complete The automatic op eration for the power window switch should now operate If the automatic operation does not operate prop erly after performing the above procedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance No initialization is requ
113. is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements The occupant classification sensors weight sen sors are on the seat cushion frame under the front passenger seat and are designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For ex ample if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF The front passenger seat belt sensor is designed to detect if the seat belt is buckled Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the buckle state the Advanced Air Bag System determines whether the front passenger air bag should be automati cally turned
114. it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For further information see the Fuel Recommendation in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual LPD2022 FUEL FILLER DOOR 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap pear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap pears may cause the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The light should turn off after a few driving trips If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage To remove the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove 2 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder
115. key until no icon is displayed iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod CAUTION Do not force the iPod cable into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the iPod cable and the port Make sure that the iPod cable is con nected correctly into the USB port Some iPod cables come with a mark as a guide Make sure that the mark is facing the correct direction be fore inserting the iPod cable Do not locate objects near the iPod cable to prevent the objects from lean ing on the iPod cable and the port Pressure from the objects may damage the iPod cable and the port To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located on the center console below the heater and air conditioner controls Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position LHA2264 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cabl
116. maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions QR25DE engine LDI2120 VQ35DE engine LDI2121 WDI0214 ENGINE OIL 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insuffi cient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not cov ered by warranty It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the se verity of operating conditions CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 3 Remove the oil filler cap A by turning it counterclockwise 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug B 5 Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter in this section Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations QR25DE engine LDI2123 VQ35DE engine LDI2145 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash tho
117. menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Re cent Calls lists To re activate Voice Recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND button will start the Hands Free Phone System WARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in ve
118. on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finish ers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 WARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well
119. or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use ARS1098 WRS0256 CHILD RESTRAINTS Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts later in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflatin
120. other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygena
121. passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer LTI2013 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION Technical and consumer information 9 13 Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The comb
122. performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer d
123. proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensors are also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or un belted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passen ger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illumi nated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflat ing does not indicate improper performance of the system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is
124. restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to LOCK After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the en gine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start 5 To stop the engine shift the shift selector to the P Park posit
125. s side shown passenger s side similar 8 Supplemental front impact air bags 9 Seats 10 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor 11 Seat belt with pretensioner 12 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats WARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s advanced air bag system please ob serve the following items Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket LII2041 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2 2 lb 1 kg on the seatback head re straint or in the seatback pocket Do not store luggage behind the seat that can press into the seatback Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear seat If the front seat does contact the rear seat the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash If a forward facing child restraint is in stalled in the front passenger seat do not position the front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instru ment panel If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel the sys tem may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag may deploy in a collision Also the front passenger air bag status light ma
126. sec tion This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then push the switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal op erating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary WARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially care ful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal op eration or have it repaired if necessary 1 To engage firmly depress the foot brake 2 To release Move the shift selector to the P Park position Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out LSD0158 5 18 Starting and driving WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift selector in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged
127. show the current mode after the ignition switch has been cycled from the OFF to the ON position The vehicle information dis play screen can also be used to change the answer back horn mode See Answer back horn in the Instruments and controls section To deactivate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times to confirm that the answer back horn feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See the Troubleshooting guide that follows and Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual WPD0362 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the v
128. speed Scrolling menus While navigating long lists of artists albums or songs in the music menu it is possible to scroll the list by the first character in the name To activate character indexing touch and hold the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose the number or letter to jump to in the list and then press the ENTER button If no character is selected after two seconds the display returns to normal BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type A if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the button The system an nounces the available commands 2 Say Connect Phone The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Add Phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended
129. steering operation and comfort The driv er s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts LPD2100 WPD0344 TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING SUN VISORS 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 To extend if so equipped the sun visor slide in or out as needed CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The night position 1 reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position 2 when driving in daylight hours WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clarity LPD2067 WPD0126
130. switch 2 31 Headlights 8 28 Heated seats 2 35 Heated steering wheel 2 36 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 21 4 30 Heater operation 4 23 4 30 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 48 Hood release 3 27 Horn 2 34 I Ignition Switch Push Button Ignition Switch 5 8 Immobilizer system 2 27 3 4 5 11 Important vehicle information label 9 11 In cabin microfilter 8 21 Increasing fuel economy 5 29 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 10 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 34 Inside mirror 3 33 Instrument brightness control 2 33 Instrument panel 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 33 Intelligent Key system Key operating range 3 8 3 19 Key operation 3 10 Mechanical key 3 3 Remote keyless entry operation 3 13 3 19 Troubleshooting guide 3 17 3 24 Warning signals
131. the windows use the fan speed control dial to set the fan speed to maximum As soon as possible after the windshield is clean press the AUTO button to return to the automatic mode When the front defroster button is pressed the air conditioner will automati cally be turned on at outside temperatures above 36 F 2 C The indicator light may or may not illuminate The air recirculate mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compart ment to further improve the defogging per formance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Press the fan control buttons to manually control the fan speed Press the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Press the air recirculation button to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the button will come on 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The air recirculation cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode or the front defrosting and foot out let mode Fresh air intake Press the fresh air intake button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the button will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be con trolled automatically To manually control the in take air press the air recirculation button To return to the aut
132. the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum The power outlets are powered only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Open the lower half of the console box to access the power outlet Refer to Console box in this section LIC2315 Instrument panel LIC2306 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH POWER OUTLET Instruments and controls 2 37 CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid
133. the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment LDI0457 LDI2133 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse B 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equi
134. the ignition is placed in the ON position Body Color The color of the vehicle that displays in the ve hicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position can be changed 1 scheduled service oil and oil filter 2 tires 3 other Maintenance The maintenance mode allows you to set alerts for the reminding of maintenance intervals To change an item 1 Press the button 2 Use the button until Settings is se lected and press ENTER 3 Select Maintenance using the but tons and press ENTER Service This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for changing the engine oil and filter You can set or reset the distance for check ing or replacing these items For scheduled main tenance items and intervals see your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Tire This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires LIC2370 Instruments and controls 2 19 WARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks includ ing tire pressure checks See Changing Wheels and Tires in Maintenance amp Do It Yourself section Many factors includ ing tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance do
135. the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on seat belt usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT for passenger s seat ARS1152 SEATS 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Forward and backward Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release
136. the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position LRS2160 LRS2161 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT for driver s seat Operating tips WARNING Before driving the vehicle return the seat back to an upright seating position after manually releasing it Also make sure the seat is locked in place Failure to do so may cause the seat to move in a collision or sudden stop This may result in damage to the seat or personal injury The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will mov
137. the shift selector to the P Park position The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position To move the shift selector Press the button A while depressing the brake pedal Press the button A to shift Shift without pressing button A Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector from P Park to any of the desired shift positions WARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift selec tor is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage P Park CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal should be depressed to move the shift selector from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift selector into the P Park position LSD2085 5 1
138. the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For more information on set ting and managing custom text messages see Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the button 2 Say Read Text The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch on the steering wheel to scroll through all text mes sages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph LHA2295 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access and adjust the settings for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Use the TUNE SCROLL knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER but ton
139. the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the button 8 The VA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that voice adap tation has been completed and the system is ready The VA mode will stop if The button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in VA mode The vehicle begins moving during VA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the VA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back nu
140. the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator The current sensor is located near the battery along the negative battery cable If you add elec trical accessories to your vehicle be sure to ground them to a suitable body ground such as the frame or engine block area LDI2132 VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 Crankshaft pulley 2 Drive belt Automatic tensioner 3 Water pump pulley 4 Alternator 5 Air conditioner WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 1 Crankshaft pulley 2 Drive belt automatic tensioner 3 Alternator 4 Air conditioner QR25DE engine LDI2130 VQ35DE engine LDI2131
141. to have phone notifications shown in the vehicle information display Se lect Both to have phone notifications shown in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Record Name for Phonebook Entry Select to record a name for a phonebook entry for use with the NISSAN Voice Recog nition System Text Message Service Select to toggle the text message function ality on or off Show Incoming Text for Select Driver to have text message notifi cations shown in the vehicle information dis play Select Both to have text message notifications shown in both the vehicle infor mation display and the center display screen Select None to have text message notifications not displayed SMS Auto Reply Function Select to toggle the SMS auto reply func tionality on or off SMS Auto Reply Message Select to choose a message that is sent when the auto reply function is activated Add Vehicle s Signature Select to toggle on or off the addition of the vehicle signature to outgoing messages Predefined SMS Messages Select the predefined SMS messages that are used by the system The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the phone and navigation systems To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press the button located on the steering wheel When prompted speak the command for the sys
142. to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no icon is displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD When the repeat mode is active the icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touch ing Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder The icon is displayed to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Re peat key until no icon is displayed Browse Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin playing that song If an MP3 CD is LHA1488 LHA1490 LHA1491 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Follow the procedure for selecting a song with the touchscreen to choose a folder SEEK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the seek buttons or for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the compact disc returns to nor mal play speed SEEK buttons Press the seek button while a
143. to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For information regarding the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control button see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System in this section When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system WARNING ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle fea
144. tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification
145. types of vehicles Rear facing step 4 LRS0670 Rear facing step 5 WRS0762 Rear facing step 6 WRS0763 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat ing positions that do not have a top tether anchor Forward facing web mounted step 2 WRS0799 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2
146. using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet MAP POCKETS Console box LIC2307 LIC2308 STORAGE 2 38 Instruments and controls SEATBACK POCKETS if so equipped The seatback pockets are located on the back of the driver s if so equipped and passenger s seats The pockets can be used to store maps SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the sunglasses holder push and release Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident CAUTION Do not use for anything other than sunglasses Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses LIC0016 LIC2312 Instruments and controls 2 39 CUP HOLDERS The rear center cup holders are located in the rear fold down armrest CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the c
147. vehicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blink ing or the color of the light will be come reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer Type A WIC1435 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH 2 30 Instruments and controls HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting 1 When turning the switch to the posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to turn on and off automatically The autolight system can
148. vehicles not all tires have this information 2 Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge 3 Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial 5 Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches 6 Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Example WDI0395 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identification mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufac ture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and m
149. voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following example For 1 800 662 6200 say dial number and then speak the phone number in any of the following formats one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh one eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh For the best voice recognition phone dialing re sults say phone numbers as single digits Also full numbers can only be spoken for 800 For example you cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousand LHA2281 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands 1 Press the button 2 Say Call and then a name in the vehicle phonebook to call that entry Otherwise say Phone to access various phone commands If the Bluetooth has been set to Off the system announces Bluetooth is off Would you like to turn Bluetooth on If no phone is connected to the system and the vehicle is stationary the system announces There is no phone connected Would you like to connect a phone now Say Yes to connect a phone All further Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands are only ava
150. voice recognition systems 4 45 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume knob ON OFF button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the VOL volume knob ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the VOL volume knob ON OFF button Turn the VOL volume knob ON OFF button to adjust the volume SETTING button Press the SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER button to make a selection Bass Treble Balance and Fade Increase or decrease the level of bass treble balance or fade Balance controls the level of sound between the left and right speakers Fade controls the level of sound between the front and rear speakers Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Speed Sensitive Volume adjusts the volume of the audio system as the vehicle s driving speed changes The feature can be turned off or set to a level of 1 to 5 Level 5 represents the highest degree of volume adjustment AUX Vol Choose a setting from 0 to 3 to control the boost of the incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of 0 provides no additional boost in vol
151. washer reservoir with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may perma nently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir Do not use the window washer reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms In approximately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed 1 Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or B Faster Also the inter mittent operation speed varies in accor dance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermit tent operation speed will be faster WIC1434 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH 2 28 Instruments and controls 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one swe
152. with you When pushing the door handle request switch or the LOCK button on the Intelli gent Key to lock the door The outside chime sounds for approximately 2 seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the ignition switch to start the engine The Key low battery indicator appears in the display The battery charge is low Replace the battery with a new one See Battery in the Maintenance and do it yourself section The KEY ID Incorrect warning appears i n the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in the meter illuminates in yellow It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system Contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect elec tric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect air craft navigation and communication sys tems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the but tons are not operated unintentionall
153. 1 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations ARS1133 ARS1041 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child See Child re straints earlier in this section for details WARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental r
154. 1 5 3156AK Turn 27 3156AK Rear sidemarker Backup reversing 16 921 License plate light 2 5 W5W High mounted stop light 2 Inside Spoiler if so equipped Front map light 2 Rear personal light 8 U88 Trunk light 3 4 158 Vanity mirror light HTU 14v Glove box light 2 Console light 2 1 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 2 See a NISSAN dealer for assistance 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 Front map light 2 Headlamp assembly 3 Park Turn signal light 4 Fog light if so equipped Day time run ning light Canada only 5 Step light 6 Door mirror turn signal light 7 Personal light 8 High mount stoplight if so equipped 9 Trunk light 10 Spoiler mount stop light 11 Rear combination light 12 License plate light LDI2100 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens light and or cover Indicates bulb removal Indicates bulb installation Use a cloth 1 to protect the housing Use a cloth 1 to protect the housing Rear combination light Bulb replacement requires the removal of the rear combination light assembly If replacement is re quired see your NISSAN dealer WDI0306 Step light LDI0341 Personal light WDI0670 8 34 Main
155. 369 LPD2077 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments When all doors are locked and the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Locking doors 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 2 Close all doors 3 Press the button on the Intelligent Key 4 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once 5 All doors will be locked CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles WPD0359 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 Unlocking doors 1 Press the button on the Intelligent Key 2 The hazard wa
156. 4 Starting and driving R Reverse CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the shift selector from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Ds Drive Sport When the shift selector is shifted from the D Drive to Ds Drive Sport position the transmis sion enters the Ds Drive Sport mode Moving the shift selector to the Ds Drive Sport position allows you to enjoy sporty driving shift operation on a winding road and feel smooth acceleration or deceleration on a hilly road by moving in a lower gear automatically When canceling the DS mode return the shift selector to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode Manual shift mode if so equipped When the shift selector is in the Ds Drive Sport position the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manu ally by pulling the right side or left side paddle shifter
157. 8 CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped 5 26 Starting and driving To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch off The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel goes out The cruise control is automatically canceled if you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift selector to N Neutral To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in
158. A PROPOSITION 65 WARNING WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www siriusxm com 2012 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary
159. ACK button 6 MENU button 7 AUX IN jack 8 Display screen 9 AUX button Type B LHA2240 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 10 Forward seek button 11 Backward seek button 12 CD button 13 FM AM button 14 XM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume PWR power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the PWR power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the PWR power button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Audio settings 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the Audio key Use the touchscreen to adjust the following items to the d
160. AN recom mended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen PANDORA AUDIO United States only if so equipped The vehicle s audio system is capable of playing audio streaming through a compatible USB connected audio device using the Pandora mu sic service Connecting a device for use with Pandora audio Devices capable of streaming Pandora audio can be connected to the vehicle s audio system via the USB input jack The USB input jack is located on the center console beneath the heater and air conditioner controls Launch the Pandora application on the phone and then connect with the USB jack Once con nected the Pandora controls will be displayed on the control panel display screen LHA2248 LHA2265 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Compatibility The following iPhone models are compatible with the system iPhone 3GS iPhone 4 iPhone 4S The latest Pandora application should be in stalled on the phone Audio main operation Models without Navigation System To switch to the Pandora audio mode press the CD AUX button repeatedly until the Pan dora audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Pandora audio
161. Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pres sure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Start ing and driving section WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect elec tric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch in the ON position have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may per manently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious ve hicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire placard located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjust ing the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soo
162. CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop com puters Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack Press the MENU button repeatedly until AUX IN Volume appears on the screen to control the incoming volume level of the auxiliary input de vice Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the level between 0 and 3 Additional features For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System Type A in this section 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 CD eject button 2 XM button 3 Display screen 4 CD insert slot 5 SEEK button 6 SCAN button 7 CAT button 8 BACK button 9 iPod MENU button 10 TUNE SCROLL knob ENTER SETTING button 11 AUX IN jack 12 Station select 1 6 buttons 13 RDM button 14 RPT button 15 VOL volume knob ON OFF button 16 DISP button 17 CD AUX button 18 FM AM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam LHA2242 Monitor climate audio phone and
163. Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident CAUTION Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The CVT can operate in two different automatic drive modes D Drive mode Move the shift selector to D Drive the transmission is in the normal forward automatic driving mode The posi tion indicator in the meter shows a D The D Drive mode does not produce a gear change sensation like a traditional automatic transmission Ds Drive Sport mode Move the shift se lector from D Drive to the to Ds Drive Sport The position indicator in the meter shows a Ds In Ds Drive Sport mode transmission operation changes to Sporty driving shift operation creating a more ag gressive acceleration feeling than the D Drive mode and a gea
164. Correction to change the numbers entered Mute On or Mute Off Speak the com mand to mute or unmute the system Transfer Call Speak this command to transfer the call to the handset To transfer the call back from the handset to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System press the button and confirm when prompted If supported by the phone the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System allows for call waiting functionality If a call is received while another call is already active a message will be displayed on the screen Press the button to hold the active call and switch to the second call Press the button to reject the second call While the second call is active pressing the button will allow the same commands that available during any call as well as two addi tional commands Switch Call Speak this command to hold the second call and switch back to the origi nal call End Other Call Speak this command to stay with the second call and end the original call Press the button to accept the call Press the button to reject the call LHA2293 LHA2294 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 ENDING A CALL To end an active call press the button TEXT MESSAGING WARNING Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extre
165. D system detects moving objects sur rounding the vehicle a yellow frame will be dis played on the camera image and a chime sounds When the MOD system detects a moving object surrounding the vehicle the yellow frame will be displayed on the view where the objects are detected and a chime will sound once While the MOD system continues to detect moving ob jects the yellow frame continues to be displayed Turning the MOD system on or off The MOD system is turned on or off using the settings menu in the vehicle information display A blue MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is operative A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is not operative 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display Use the to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Parking Aids and press the ENTER button 3 To set the MOD system to on or off use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the ENTER button to select or change an item To turn off the warning use the ENTER button to check box for Moving Object If the MOD system is turned off the MOD icon is not displayed MOD malfunction WARNING Do not use the MOD system when tow ing a trailer The system may not func tion properly Excessive noise for example audio system volume or open vehicle window will interfere with the chime sound
166. ER DRIVING Starting and driving 5 35 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE WARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudd
167. Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 18 gal 15 gal 68 0 See Fuel recommendation later in this section Engine oil 6 Drain and Refill With oil filter change QR25DE 4 7 8 qt 4 qt 4 6 For QR25DE engine models Engine oil with API Certification Mark 1 Viscosity SAE 0W 20 1 9 For VQ35DE engine models Engine oil with API Certification Mark 1 7 Viscosity SAE 5W 30 1 7 VQ35DE 5 1 8 qt 4 1 4 qt 4 8 Without oil filter change QR25DE 4 1 2 qt 3 3 4 qt 4 3 VQ35DE 4 3 4 qt 4 qt 4 5 Cooling system With reservoir QR25DE 2 1 8 gal 1 3 4 gal 7 9 Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent VQ35DE 2 3 8 gal 2 gal 9 2 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 2 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper level according to the in structions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section 8 Genuine NISSAN E PSF or equivalent 3 Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 4 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 5 Air conditioning system oil Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent 5 Windshield washer fluid 1 1 4 gal 1 gal 4 5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze fluid or equivalent 1 For fu
168. ING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated CAUTION Never tow Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Move the shift selector to the N Neu tral position When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake ACE0511 SCE0199A 6 12 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Pulling a stuck vehicle WARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious per sonal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use
169. Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service LIC0474 Instruments and controls 2 27 WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the window with the de froster before you wash the window CAUTION Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window
170. Instruments and controls section Intelligent Key WPD0364 Request switch LPD2077 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments Cancel switch When the switch located inside the glove box is in the OFF position the power to the trunk lid will be cancelled The trunk lid cannot be opened when using the trunk lid release switch the trunk open request switch if so equipped is pushed when the Intelligent Key is in range of the vehicle or the HOLD button on the Intelligent Key is pressed INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk To open the trunk from the inside pull the illumi nated release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release handle is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compart ment on the interior of the trunk lid LPD0395 LPD2081 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler door release is located bel
171. M1 XM2 XM3 XM1 satellite if so equipped When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed to turn the radio on When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam LHA2262 LHA2303 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on While the radio is in XM mode the operation can be controlled through the touchscreen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a category displayed on the list to display options within that category Tuning with the touchscreen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touchscreen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies o
172. MENU button on the control panel 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key LHA2253 LHA2248 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 Select the Connect New Device key 5 Initiate the connecting process from the handset The system will display the mes sage Is PIN XXXXXX displayed on your Bluetooth device If the PIN is displayed on your Bluetooth device select Yes to complete the connecting process For more information see the Bluetooth de vice s Owner s Manual VEHICLE PHONEBOOK To access the vehicle phonebook 1 Press the button on the control panel 2 Select the Phonebook key 3 Choose the desired entry from the displayed list NOTE To scroll quickly through the list touch the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose a letter or number and then press ENTER The list will move to the first entry that begins with that number or letter 4 The number of the entry will be displayed on the screen Touch the number to initiate di aling LHA2265 LHA2297 LHA2279 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedure below 1 Press the button on the instrument panel The Phone screen will appear on the display 2 Select one of the following options to make a call
173. NING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury WIC1439 WIC1440 LIC2319 HORN 2 34 Instruments and controls The front seats are warmed by built in heaters 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in se rious injury CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage t
174. Number VIN etc Review it carefully QR25DE WTI0096 VQ35DE LTI2034 WTI0172 Technical and consumer information 9 11 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The label is located as shown AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed to the underside of the hood as shown LTI2004 LTI0224 WTI0178 9 12 Technical and consumer information To mount the front license plate attach the li cense plate bracket 1 to the plastic finisher at the location marks small dimples using the two 6 mm screws provided WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude
175. P 6 2 9 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 44 10 Audio system controls Navigation system P 4 32 11 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 37 12 Glove box P 2 41 13 Aux jack P 4 44 4 49 4 56 14 Power outlet USB port P 2 37 4 57 4 58 15 Heater and air conditioner manual or automatic P 4 21 P 4 29 16 Shift selector P 5 13 17 Push button ignition switch P 5 8 18 Cruise control main set switch Bluetooth Hands free Phone System P 5 26 P 4 99 P 4 73 P 4 88 19 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 32 20 Steering wheel switch for audio control Vehicle information display controls P 4 71 P 2 17 21 Fuel filler door release Hood release P 3 30 P 3 27 LIC2369 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2 2 Instruments and controls 22 Vehicle Dynamic Control OFF switch P 2 37 Trunk opener P 3 27 Heated steering wheel switch if so equipped P 2 36 Warning system switch if so equipped P 2 36 Refer to the Navigation System Owner s manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 1 Tachometer 2 Warning indicator lights 3 Vehicle Information Display 4 Speedometer 5 Fuel gauge 6 Odometer Twin trip odometer 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge LIC2254 METERS AND GAUGES Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehic
176. Phone System The setting all the way to the left indicates that the new text sound will be muted Show Incoming Text Select Driver Only to have incoming text messages displayed only in the vehicle infor mation display Select Both to have incom ing text messages displayed in both the ve hicle information display and the center display screen Select None to have no display of incoming text messages Edit Custom Messages Select to set a custom message that will be available with the standard options when sending a text message To set a custom message send a text message to your own phone number while the phone is connected to the system Three custom messages can be set Custom messages can only be set while the vehicle is stationary Auto Reply Select to turn on or off the Auto Reply func tion When enabled the vehicle will auto matically send a predefined text message to the sender when a text message is received while driving Auto Reply Message Select to choose the message that is sent when the Auto Reply function is enabled Choose from I m Driving or one of the three custom messages stored in the system Vehicle Signature On Off Select to choose whether or not the vehicle signature is added to outgoing text mes sages from the vehicle This message can not be changed or customized MANUAL CONTROL While using the Voice Recognition system it is possible to select
177. Pod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts Random and repeat play mode While the iPod is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the random mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no icon is displayed LHA1494 LHA1495 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until no icon is displayed Seek buttons Press the seek button or to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the seek button or for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play
178. R VEHICLE OVERHEATS 6 10 In case of emergency 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions WARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TOWING YOUR VEHICLE In case of emergency 6 11 TOW
179. The predicted course lines will move de pending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steer ing wheel is in the neutral position The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course The predicted course lines feature can be set to on or off 1 Press the CAMERA button 2 Select the Show Guidelines key to toggle the feature on or off LHA1196 LHA2278 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED COURSE LINES Navigation System only WARNING Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly Use the displayed lines as a reference The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road conditions and road grade If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line If the battery is disconnected or be comes discharged the predicted course lines may be displayed incor rectly If this occurs please perform the following procedures Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes
180. WRS0800 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints in this section for head restraint adjustment re moval and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the re
181. When shifting up pull the right side paddle shifter C if so equipped The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down pull the left side paddle shifter B if so equipped The transmission shifts to the lower range LSD2086 Starting and driving 5 15 When canceling the manual shift mode return the selector lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode When you pull the paddle shifter if so equipped while in the D Drive position the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range temporarily The transmission will automatically return to the D Drive position after a short period of time If you want to return to the D Drive position manually pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1 5 sec onds In the manual shift mode the shift range is dis played on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 M7 7th Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds M6 6th and M5 5th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes M4 4th M3 3rd and M2 2nd Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M1 First Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades
182. a device is plugged into the AUX IN jack while another de vice is plugged into the USB input jack the CD AUX button is used to toggle between the two functions For more information about the USB input jack see USB interface models without Navigation System in this section EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 When the button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player operation without Navigation System in this sec tion For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface models without Navigation System in this sec tion For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System Type B in this section For more information about the Pandora audio feature available with this system see Pan dora audio in this section 1 VOL volume PWR power button 2 CD eject button 3 CD insert slot 4 TUNE SCROLL knob ENTER AUDIO button 5 B
183. ack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground 3 To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire LCE0020 6 6 In cas
184. adjustments 3 25 EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME The remote start feature can be extended one time by performing the steps listed in Remote starting the vehicle in this section Run time will be calculated as follows The first 10 minute run time will start when the remote start function is performed The second 10 minutes will start immedi ately when the remote start function is per formed For example if the engine has been running for 5 minutes and 10 minutes are added the engine will run for a total of 15 minutes A maximum of two remote starts or a single start with an extension are allowed between ignition cycles The ignition switch must be cycled to the ON position and then back to the OFF position be fore the remote start procedure can be used again CANCELING A REMOTE START To cancel a remote start perform one of the following Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and press and hold until the parking lights turn off Turn on the hazard warning flashers Cycle the ignition switch ON and then OFF CONDITIONS THE REMOTE START WILL NOT WORK The remote start will not operate if any of the following conditions are present The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition The hood is not securely closed The hazard warning lights are on The I Key Indicator Light remains solid in the vehicle information display The alarm sounds du
185. ake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer WARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti
186. ake sure that the iPod cable is con nected correctly into the USB port Some iPod cables come with a mark as a guide Make sure that the mark is facing the correct direction be fore inserting the iPod cable Do not locate objects near the iPod cable to prevent the objects from lean ing on the iPod cable and the port Pressure from the objects may damage the iPod cable and the port To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located on the center console below the heater and air conditioner controls Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod 5th Generation firmware version 1 2 3 or later iPod Classic firmware version 1 1 1 or later iPod Touch firmware version 2 0
187. al temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Moves immediately to the next song when playing When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song So
188. always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sur
189. an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE SCROLL knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE SCROLL knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device USB INTERFACE models with Navigation System LHA2264 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice
190. anchors Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint LATCH lower anchor location WRS0796 LATCH webbing mounted attachment LRS0661 LATCH rigid mounted attachment LRS0662 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Top tether anchor point locations The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See In stalling top tether strap later in this section If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details Anchor points 1 are located on the rear parcel shelf REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow
191. and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires COLD WEATH
192. and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS LHA0099 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 Compact disc CD player CAUTION Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that
193. and voice recognition systems 4 83 Select Phone B Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone C Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that phonebook for that phone Replace Phone D Use the Replace Phone command to replace an existing phone pairing with a new phone The system will keep all voice tags assigned to your phonebook Bluetooth OFF E Use the Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone Phonebook Download OFF F Use the Phonebook Download OFF command to turn off the automatic downloading of the hand set phonebook to the available if supported by the cellular phone When the command is rec ognized Sync Contacts OFF will appear on the audio display To turn the feature back on say Phonebook Download When the command is recognized Sync Contacts ON will appear on the audio display Display Settings G Use the Display Settings command to control where incoming call notifications are displayed in the vehicle Say D
194. ange Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINK If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion when programming HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio frequency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmit ter 1 3 inches 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light 1 in view 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and handheld transmitter button DO NOT re lease until the HomeLink indicator light 1 flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indi cates successful programming NOTE Some devices may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in the Programing HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers section LIC2365 Instruments and controls 2 49 3 Press and hold the programmed HomeLink
195. another audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN jack on the radio the CD AUX button toggles between the three sources Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Depending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the SEEK CAT buttons or for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast for warding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed LHA2264 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 SEEK CAT buttons Press the SEEK CAT button while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK CAT button while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while
196. another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown LTI0025 WTI0037 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION 9 10 Technical and consumer information ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification
197. ant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing WARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations LDI2119 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks B This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark A remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill C 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil
198. are dis played on the screen Press the audio preset 3 button to pause or play the music Press the audio preset 5 button to select thumbs up Press the audio preset 4 button to select thumbs down NOTE There is a limit of six skips per station per hour If a thumbs down is given after the skip limit has been reached the current track will continue to play but the feedback will be saved Models with Navigation System To switch to the Pandora audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Pandora audio mode is displayed on the screen Models without Navigation System LHA2283 Models with Navigation System LHA2269 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 The controls for the Pandora audio are dis played on the screen Touch the keys on the screen to play or pause the audio Touch the key to select thumbs up or the key to select thumbs down NOTE There is a limit of six skips per station per hour If a thumbs down is given after the skip limit has been reached the current track will continue to play but the feedback will be saved Pandora audio settings models with Navigation System only To adjust the Pandora audio settings select the Menu key Station List Select to display a list of available Pandora stations Bookmark Select to bookmark the current station Delete Stati
199. at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR 9 20 Technical and consumer information Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the facto
200. at belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode acti vated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already un buckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor Front seat shown WRS0751 LRS0594 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulde
201. aterial The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless Example WDI0396 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure 8 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mount
202. ates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be much harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is in the ON position the power steering warning light illuminates After starting the engine the power steering warning light turns off This indicates that the electric power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the hydraulic pump electric power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer See Power steering system in the Starting and driving section Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer
203. ation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the veh
204. ats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints in this sec tion for head restraint adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing 5 Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor earlier in this section 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status l
205. ays or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare LDI0393 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself Size Cold Tire Inflation Pres sure Front Original Tire P215 60R16 220 kPa 32 PSI P215 55R17 230 kPa 33 PSI P235 45R18 Rear Original Tire P215 60R16 220 kPa 32 PSI P215 55R17 230 kPa 33 PSI P235 45R18 Spare Tire T135 70D16 420 kPa 60 PSI TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall Example WDI0394 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger
206. back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor that turns the front pas senger air bag OFF under some condi tions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and sta tus light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates WRS003
207. bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 SRS air bag warning labels located on the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioners and all related wiring When the ignition is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational LRS2163 LRS0100 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate pro
208. ber Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of outgoing calls Redial Speak this command to call the last number dialed Call Back Speak this command to call the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Send Text Read Text For more information on these commands see Text messaging in this section Select Phone Speak this command to select a phone to use from a list of those phones connected to the vehicle MAKING A CALL To make a call from a phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem 1 Press the button 2 The system will prompt you for a command Say Call 3 Select one of the available voice commands to continue a name Speak the name of a phone book entry to place a call to that entry The system will respond with the name it inter preted from your command and will prompt you to confirm that the name is correct Say Yes to initiate the call or No to hear an other name from the phonebook Number Speak this command to place a call by inputting numbers For 7 and 10 digit phone numbers speak the numbers When finished say Dial to initiate the call Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number For phone numbers with more digits or spe cial characters say Special Number then speak the digits
209. ble only when using the Special Number command Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phone book number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel PHONE SEND Press the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incom ing call LHA2273 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once See List of voice commands and During a call in this section for more information PHONE END While the Voice Recognition sys tem is active press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the Voice Recognition system at any time ENTER button tuning switch While using the Voice Recogni tion system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system Press the EN TER button to select an option on the display screen GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section Choosing a language You
210. cator light if so equipped Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on or The following lights if equipped come on briefly and then go off If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS For additional information on warnings and indi cators see Vehicle information display later in this section Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock braking sys tem is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS 2 10 Instruments and controls If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking br
211. ce Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them If a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or
212. cellular phones LHA2279 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 4 When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen Use the vehicle audio controls or the Bluetooth device s controls to play pause skip or reverse tracks BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type B if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Select the Bluetooth key 3 Select the Add Telephone or Device key This same screen can be accessed to re move replace or select a different Bluetooth device 4 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetoo
213. cle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in the meter illuminates in yellow It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system Contact a NISSAN dealer 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments The button will be on the NISSAN Intelli gent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start This feature allows the engine to start from out side the vehicle The following features may be affected when the remote start feature is used Vehicles with manual or automatic climate control systems will default to the last used heating or cooling mode Vehicle equipped with heated seats may have this feature come on during a remote start See Heated seats in the Instruments and controls section for more information Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view Check local regulations for any requirements Other conditions may affect the function of the Remote Engine Start feature See Conditions the remote start will not work in this section for additional information Other conditions can affect the performance of the Intelligent Key transmitter See NISSAN In telligent Key System in this section for addi tional information REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING RANGE The remote engine start function can on
214. cles Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 WRS0802 Rear facing step 3 LRS0673 Rear facing step 4 LRS0674 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the opera tion of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section WRS0256 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the chi
215. contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec ond
216. could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front 1 of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors 4 Driver s side LPD0461 DOORS 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments Opening and closing windows if so equipped The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windows equipped with auto matic operation at the same time To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked To close the windows turn the driver s door key toward the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked Windows stop when the key cylinder is released LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position 1 then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door l
217. ction For information regarding Bluetooth audio see Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System in this section System Select the System key to select and or adjust various functions of the system A screen with additional options will appear LHA2248 LHA2249 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Display Select the Display key to adjust the appearance of the display The following settings can be adjusted Brightness The brightness of the display can be set to Very Bright Bright Default Dark or Very Dark Touch the Brightness key to cycle through the options Display Mode The display can be adjusted to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch the Display Mode key to cycle through the options Day and Night modes are suited for the respective times of day while Automatic controls the display automatically Scroll Direction The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted Choose either up or down Clock Settings Select the Clock Settings key to adjust the time and the appearance of the clock on the display The following settings can be adjusted Time Format The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours Date Format Select from five possible formats of displaying the day month and year LHA1482 LHA2250 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 Clock Mode Select th
218. ction of the vehicle s heading With the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion press the button as described in the chart below to activate various features of the automatic anti glare rearview mirror Push and hold the button for about Feature Push button again for about 1 sec ond to change settings 1 second Compass display toggles on off 5 seconds Compass zone can be changed to correct false compass readings 9 seconds Compass enters calibration mode For information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section Press the button for about 1 second when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position to toggle the compass display 1 on or off The display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North E East S South W West If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com LIC1487 COMPASS DISPLAY if so equipped 2 6 Instruments and controls pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles COMPASS DISPLAY Press the button when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The direction will be displayed Zone variation change procedure The difference between magn
219. d commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is not a cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load 9 4 Technical and consumer information QR25DE engine models LTI2037 Technical and consumer information 9 5 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose t
220. d for this command to be available and functional The following sub commands are available for iPod Now Playing Menu Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Shuffle Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts Say Next Page to access these com mands Say Previous Page to return to the first page of commands USB Switches the audio system to the USB mode A USB device must be inserted for this command to be available and functional Pandora Switches the audio system to the Pandora audio mode A compatible Bluetooth au dio device with a Pandora application must be connected to the system for this command to be functional Bluetooth Switches the audio system to the Bluetooth audio mode A compatible Bluetooth audio device must be con nected to the system for this command to be functional AUX Switches the audio system to the AUX mode An AUX device must be connected for this command to be functional For more information about the audio system see Audio system in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 INFORMATION VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the information functions of the Navigation Sys tem Traffic Current Weather Weather Forecast Google Send To Car POIs Powered b
221. d in the housing and latch the clips WARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer fluid or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer fluid or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper install new wi
222. d is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry A Delete Entry B List Names C For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Transfer Entry A Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to i
223. d key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Starting and driving 5 11 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift selector to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector is in any of the driving positions 3 Push the ignition switch to the ON position Depress the brake pedal and push the igni tion switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position If the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when
224. d or forward one track Press and hold the SEEK CAT buttons or for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated All Repeat all songs in the current list are re peated Repeat Off no repeat play pattern is applied RANDOM RDM When the RDM button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Track Shuffle Album Shuffle Shuffle Off Track Shuffle the tracks in the current list will be played randomly Album Shuffle the albums in the current list will be played randomly Shuffle Off no random play pattern is applied BACK button When the BACK button is pressed it returns to the previous menu iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped LHA2264 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Connecting iPod CAUTION Do not force the iPod cable into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the iPod cable and the port M
225. d voice recognition systems section of this manual Mileage The unit for the mileage that displays in the ve hicle information display can be changed to miles MPG Inch km h l 100km cm Use the and the ENTER buttons to select and change the unit Tire Pressures if so equipped The unit for tire pressure that displays in the vehicle information display can be changed to psi kPa bar Kgf cm2 Use the and the ENTER buttons to select and change the unit Temperature The temperature that displays in the vehicle infor mation display can be changed from F Fahrenheit C Celsius Use the ENTER button to toggle choices Welcome Effects The welcome screen display can be turned ON OFF to display when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position To enable disable the welcome screen 1 Press the button 2 Use the buttons to select Settings and press ENTER 3 Select Welcome Effects using the buttons and press ENTER to turn this func tion ON or OFF Factory Reset The settings in the vehicle information display can be reset back to the factory default To reset the vehicle information display 1 Press the button 2 Use the buttons to select Settings and press the ENTER button 3 Select Factory Reset using the but tons and press the ENTER button 4 Select YES to return all
226. ded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings 9 16 Technical and consumer information Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Continuously Variable Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow
227. ded it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS CAUTION Only certain SAE class S tire chains can be used on this vehicle Using the wrong Class S chains on this vehicle will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should use a tire chain that meets the minimum clearances for your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use a tire chain that i
228. devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h
229. di tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM Starting and driving 5 33 When the VDC system operates the indi cator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the Instru ments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the indicator light comes on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when the indicator light is off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non sli
230. dlight beam select 1 To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the or position the headlights will turn off after a period of time LIC2318 WIC1438 2 32 Instruments and controls CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the position Turn the headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail li
231. e forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit see Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position WRS0751 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Type A Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Type B Push the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion Lumbar support if so equipped for driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Push the switch forward or backward to adjust the seat lumbar area Type A WRS0740 Type B LRS2162 WRS0743 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 FOLDING REAR SEAT Interior trunk access The trunk can be accessed from the passenger side of the rear seat for loading and unloading as shown 1 Move the front passenger seat to the most forward position 2 Open the access cover on the rear parcel shelf 3 Push down on the button 1 on the rear parcel shelf 4 Fold down the passenger s side seatback 2 WARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the
232. e gradually Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof WARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing CAUTION Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the moonroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the moonroof 1 The interior light can be turned ON regard less of door position The light will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ON position when any door is opened 2 The interior lights can be set to operate when the doors are opened To turn off the interior lights when a door open push the switch the interior lights will not illuminate regardless of door position The lights will go off when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or the driver s door is closed and locked The lights will also go off after a period of time when the doors are open LIC2302 INTERIOR LIGHT 2 46 Instruments and controls NOTE The step lights illuminate when the driver and passenger doors are opened regard les
233. e light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction Indicator Light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The light should turn off after a few driving trips If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction Indicator Light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The Malfunctio
234. e pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type A if so equipped Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices If your phone does not connect automati cally to the system consult the phone s Owner s Manual for details on device op eration You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hand
235. e carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets and one passenger s side front floor mat bracket to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has two grommet holes incorporated in it and the passenger s side has one grommet hole Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned LAI0009 Appearance and care 7 5 SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas
236. e from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod 5th Generation firmware version 1 3 or later iPod Classic 80GB firmware version 1 1 2PC or later iPod Classic 120GB firmware version 2 0 1PC or later iPod Nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod Nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod Nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3PC or later iPod Nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0PC or later iPod Nano 5th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 0 2PC or later iPod Nano 5th generation 16GB firm ware version 1 0 1PC or later iPod Nano 6th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 2PC or later iPod Nano 6th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 1PC or later iPod Touch 1st generation firmware ver sion 2 2 1 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware version 2 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 3 1 3 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 4 3 5 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 4 3 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 0 or later
237. e information display controls P 4 71 P 2 17 21 Fuel filler door release Hood release P 3 30 P 3 27 LIC2369 INSTRUMENT PANEL 0 6 Illustrated table of contents 22 Vehicle Dynamic Control OFF switch P 2 37 Trunk opener P 3 27 Heated steering wheel switch if so equipped P 2 36 Warning system switch if so equipped P 2 36 Refer to the Navigation System Owner s manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 QR25DE engine 1 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 14 2 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 4 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 15 5 Air cleaner P 8 20 6 Fuse fusible link box P 8 23 7 Battery P 8 16 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 9 Radiator cap P 8 8 10 Drive belt location P 8 19 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 15 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details LDI2111 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 0 8 Illustrated table of contents VQ35DE engine 1 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 14 2 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 4 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 15 5 Air cleaner P 8 20 6 Fuse fusible link box P 8 23 7 Battery P 8 16 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 9 Radiator cap P 8 8 10 Drive belt location P 8 19 11 Windshie
238. e is low or discharged the shift selector may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift selector button pushed It will be necessary to jump start or have your battery charged see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section Contact your NISSAN dealer or a professional towing service To move the shift selector complete the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Using a protective cloth on the tip of a 3 mm screwdriver remove the shift lock release cover If available a plastic trim tool can also be used 4 Insert the small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift selector to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release If the shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the trans mission as soon as possible WARNING If the shift selector cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Overdrive O D OFF switch if so equipped When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the shift selector in the D Drive position the light in the instrument panel illuminates See Overdrive off indicator light in the Instruments
239. e mode for the clock Auto uses the system s GPS to automatically maintain the time Manual allows you to set the clock using the Set Clock Manually key Time Zone maintains the time based upon the zone selected when selecting the Time Zone key Set Clock Manually When this setting is activated the clock can be set manually Touch the or keys to adjust the hours minutes day month and year up or down Clock Mode must be set to Manual for this option to be available Daylight Savings Time When this setting is activated daylight savings time is on Touch the Daylight Savings Time key to toggle the setting on or off Time Zone Choose the applicable time zone from the list Language Select the Language key to adjust the language used by the system The language can be set to English Fran ais or Espa ol Touchscreen click Select the Touchscreen Click key to toggle the touchscreen click feature on or off When acti vated a click sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched System Beeps Select the System Beeps key to toggle the system beep tones feature on or off When acti vated a beep sound will be heard when a pop up LHA2251 LHA2252 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems message appears on the screen or a button on the unit such as the button is pressed and held for two seconds
240. e moonroof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates nor mally If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the moonroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front the moonroof will immediately open backward LIC2313 MOONROOF if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 45 When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down the moonroof will im mediately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the moonroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the moonroof will fully clos
241. e of emergency Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated A B C D E Lower the vehicle completely WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 1 000 km 600 miles also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 113 N m 83 ft lb The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pre
242. e parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven Low Fuel This warning illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches 0 Empty There will be a small re serve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 Empty Low Washer Fluid This warning illuminates when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 24 Instruments and controls Door Open This warning illuminates when a door has been opened when the engine is running Trunk Open This warning illuminates when the trunk has been opened when the engine is running Timer Alert Time for a driver break This indicator appears when the set time is reached The time can be set up to 6 hours For setting the timer see Timer alert in this section Low Outside Temperature This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37 F 3 C The temperature can be changed to display in Celsius or Fahrenheit see Temperature earlier in this section Power will turn off to save the battery This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display after a period of time if the shift selector has not moved from the P Park position CVT Error See Owner s Manual This warning illu
243. e pedal is applied WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORS The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type B is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes LDI0455 BRAKES FUSES Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with
244. e pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydro gen gas generated by the battery is ex plosive Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes a
245. e re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occu pants However all of the information cau tions and warnings in this manual still ap ply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in cer tain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags
246. e reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty VQ35DE engine models LTI2024 9 6 Technical and consumer information Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will
247. e same number and wattage as shown in the chart Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer FRONT PARK LIGHT If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the fasteners A carefully pull back the front fender protector 3 Rotate the bulb B counterclockwise and pull out to remove PARK TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS Replacing the park turn signal bulb LDI2144 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the fasteners A carefully pull back the front fender protector 3 Rotate the bulb B counterclockwise and pull out to remove LDI2137 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Item Wattage W Bulb No 1 Headlight assembly 2 Low Halogen 55 H11 Low Xenon 35 D2S High 65 H9 Sidemarker 5 W5W Door mirror turn signal light 2 Park Turn signal light 28 8 7444A Front fog light if so equipped 55 H11 Day time running lights Canada only 19 PS19W Step light 3 8 194 C HTEI Rear combination light 2 Tail Stop 2
248. e screen corresponds with the actual order of the tire position For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section and Tire Pressure in the Maintenance and do it yourself section WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the tire and loading informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire 5 4 Starting and driving When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replac
249. e the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift selector in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the lock knobs hold securely in all latched positions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer
250. e to illegal entry into the vehicle The ignition switch is pushed without an Intelligent Key in the vehicle The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelli gent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal is not depressed Two remote vehicle starts or a single remote start with an extension have already been used The vehicle is not in P Park The Remote Start function has been switched to the OFF position in Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information see Vehicle informa tion display in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual The remote engine start may display a warning or indicator in the vehicle information display For an explanation of the warning or indicator please see Vehicle information display warning and indica tors in the Instruments and controls section 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver s side instrument panel the hood springs up slightly 2 Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 Remove the support rod from the clamp 4 Insert the support rod into the slot on the passenger side fender ledge 5 When closing the hood return the support rod to its original position lower the hood to approximately 30 cm 12 in above the latch and release it This allows pr
251. e you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven LRS0891 SSS0136 SEAT BELTS 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint WARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly SSS0134 SSS0016 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 WARNING Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing
252. earView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the RearView Monitor is displayed after the shift selector has been shifted to R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the Rear View Monitor screen is displayed com pletely When the shift selector is returned to a position other than R Reverse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction With Navigation System LHA1482 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object When the contrast of objects is low at night pressing the SETTING button or MENU but ton may not change the brightness Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark place or at night If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects Clean the camera
253. ecord Name B For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage entries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For more information see Record name in this section 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List Names A Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record name command in this section for infor mation about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system
254. ect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or the CVT re lated component harness connector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Man
255. ed tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including
256. ed on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are nee
257. ee Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 mi 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life GAS STATION INFORMATION 2013 ALTIMA SEDAN OWNER S MANUAL For your safety read carefully and keep in this vehicle 2013 NISSAN ALTIMA SEDAN L33 D L33 D Printing December 2012 05 Publication No OM0E 0L32U2 Printed in U S A OM3E 0L33U4
258. eedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them If a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial
259. eel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone A The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Add phone B The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset C The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed 4 The system asks you to say a name for the phone D If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call A Phone Number B Speak the digits C Dial D 1 Press the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call A The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Phone Number B The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available c
260. ehicle If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle the vehicle system may respond differently than expected Symptom Possible Cause Remedy When stopping the engine The Shift to Park warning appears in the display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously The shift selector is not in the P Park position Move the shift selector to the P Park position When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle The Door Open warning appears in the dis play and the inside warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ACC position Place the ignition switch in the OFF position When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle The No Key Detected warning appears in the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Place the ignition switch in the OFF position The Shift to Park warning appears in the display and the outside chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ACC position and the shift selector is not in the P Park position Move the shift selector to the P Park posi tion and place the ignition switch in the OFF position When closing the door with the inside lock knob turned to LOCK The outside chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds and all the doors unlock The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key
261. el lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed WARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift selector to P Park Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconn
262. ely 4 psi 30 kPa the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash 3 times To correct the pressure push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure When the pressure reaches the designated pressure the horn beeps once If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire it indicates that the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following conditions If there is interference from an external device or transmitter The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys tem There is a malfunction in the horn or haz ard indicators The identification code of the tires pres sure sensor is not registered to the sys tem The battery of the tire pressure sensor is low If the Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference move the ve hicle about 3 ft 1 m backward or forward and try again If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working use a tire pressure gauge AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuve
263. ems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sol
264. en steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be se riously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury 5 36 Starting and driving To use the engine block heater 1 Turn the engine off 2 Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord 3 Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord 4 Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected gr
265. en of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song Seeking buttons Press the button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the button sev eral times to skip backward several tracks LHA1496 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 Press the button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the button several times to skip for ward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Random and repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Ran dom mode touch the Random key until no icon is displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat
266. en the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational WARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates LRS0259 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material
267. encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK CAT button or for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SEEK CAT button Press the SEEK CAT button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button several times to skip backward sev eral tracks Press the SEEK CAT button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE SCROLL knob MP3 WMA CD only If an MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change fold ers Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT button When the RPT button is pressed
268. eneration will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Bluetooth streaming audio Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system It is necessary to set up the wireless con nection between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth audio Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au dio will vary depending on the devices Make sure how to operate your audio device be fore using it with this system The Bluetooth audio may be stopped un der the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption
269. ent panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave per manent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensors weight sen sors This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensors This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument pa
270. enuine NISSAN E PSF Remove the cap and fill through the opening CAUTION Do not overfill Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E PSF will prevent the power steering system from operating properly Power steering fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children For further brake fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water LDI2126 POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE FLUID 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked b
271. ep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 5 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster NOTE The top and bottom few rows of wires on the rear window are not part of the rear window defroster system These wires make up the antenna for the audio system Type A LIC2324 Type B LIC2325 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH Instruments and controls 2 29 XENON HEADLIGHTS if so equipped WARNING cHIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xe non headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional head lights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncom ing driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your
272. er operation Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner push the button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For more information about the rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets and the side vent outlets 1 Press the button to the OFF position for normal heating 2 Press the air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Press the button to the OFF position 2 Press the air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost
273. er strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Forward facing step 10 WRS0475 LRS0798 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system LRS0455 LRS0453 LRS0464 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For
274. er the left or the right of the traveling lane the LDW system will chime a sound and the LDW light orange on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver The LDW system is not designed to operate under the following conditions When you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds af ter the lane change signal is turned off When the vehicle speed is less than approxi mately 45 MPH 70 km h Turning on or off the LDW system The LDW system is turned on or off using the settings menu in the vehicle information display SYSTEM ON The LDW light white on the instrument panel will light up SYSTEM OFF The LDW light white on the instrument panel will go out 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display Use the to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Driving Aids and press the ENTER button 3 To set the LDW system to on or off use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the ENTER button to select or change an item Select Lane and press the ENTER but ton To turn on the warning use the ENTER button to check box for Warning LDW The warning systems switch is used to temporar ily turn off the warning systems Lane Departure Warning LDW and Blind Spot Warning BSW sy
275. eration The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function 3 You can individually set driver s and front passenger s side temperature using each temperature control dial When the DUAL button or passenger s side temperature dial is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger s side temperature control press the DUAL button Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Press the A C button A C OFF will be displayed and A C indicator will turn off 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Press the front defroster button on The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of
276. es not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Nor
277. es not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replace ment indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to per form regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire fail ure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death Other This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for checking or replacing main tenance items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires Other maintenance items can include such things as air filter or tire rotation You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing the items Alarms This setting allows the customer to set alarms for outside temperature and a timer alert 1 Press the button 2 Use the button until Settings is se lected and press ENTER 3 Select Alarms using the buttons and press ENTER Outside Temperature This setting allows the customer to enable disable the alert for low outside tempera ture in the vehicle information display 1 Use the buttons to select Outside Temperature 2 Press the ENTER button to turn ON OFF the outside temperature in the vehicle infor mation display Timer Alert This setting allows the customer to set an alert to notify the driver that the set time has been reached 1 Use the buttons to select Timer Alert 2 Press the ENTER button
278. esired setting Bass Treble Balance and Fade Controls the sound of the audio system Balance adjusts the sound between the left and right speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers LHA2261 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 Speed Sensitive Vol Controls the level to which the volume is adjusted as the vehicle s driving speed changes Choose a setting or choose 0 to disable the feature en tirely AUX Volume Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Low Medium and High XM settings To view the XM settings 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the XM key The signal strength activation status and other information are displayed on the screen FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Pressing the XM button will change the band as follows X
279. estraint system 1 41 WARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations SSS0162 SSS0159 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation WRS0032 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 1 Top tether strap anchor 2 Rear seat belts 3 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag 4 Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag 5 Head restraints 6 Front seat belts 7 Side impact pressure sensor driver
280. etic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Establish your location on the zone map Refer to the illustration Record your zone number 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Press the button in for 5 seconds until the current zone entry number is displayed 4 Press the button repeatedly until the desired zone entry number is displayed Once the desired zone number is displayed stop pressing the button and the display will show compass direction within a few seconds NOTE Use zone number 5 for Hawaii Instruments and controls 2 7 If a magnet is located near the com pass or the vehicle is driven where the terrestrial magnetism is disturbed the compass display may not indicate the correct direction In places where the terrestrial magne tism is disturbed the correction of the direction starts automatically Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure 1 With the display turned on press and hold the switch for about 9 seconds The display will read C 2 Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at a maximum speed of 5 MPH 8 km h
281. fairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS Technical and consumer information 9 19 Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The ve
282. fter the chime sounds The engine will start NOTE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position or the engine is started by the above procedure the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears in the vehicle information display even when the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle This is not a malfunction To turn off the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi cator appears replace the battery as soon as possible See Battery Replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registere
283. g air bag could seri ously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occu pants or damage the vehicle CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem later in this section If you do not
284. g procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle LHA2290 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type B if so equipped 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices If your phone does not connect automatic ally to the system consult the phone s Owner s Manual for details on device op eration You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connect ing instructions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a
285. g system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air recirculation button should always be in the OFF posi tion for heating and defrosting Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 LHA2284 LHA2285 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA2286 LHA2287 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 LHA2288 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 front defroster button 2 Temperature control dial driver s side AUTO automatic climate control but ton 3 Display screen 4 Temperature control dial passenger s side DUAL passenger s side tempera ture control button 5 Fresh air intake button 6 Air recirculation button 7 A C air conditioner button 8 MODE manual air flow cont
286. ght 2 46 Console light 2 47 Personal Lights 2 47 Map lights 2 48 Trunk light 2 48 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped 2 48 Programming HomeLink 2 49 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers 2 50 Operating the HomeLink universal transceiver 2 51 Programming trouble diagnosis 2 51 Clearing the programmed information 2 51 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 52 If your vehicle is stolen 2 52 1 Instrument brightness control Trip com puter reset switch P 2 33 P 2 4 2 Vents P 4 20 3 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 30 4 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 37 P 2 34 5 Meters and gauges P 2 3 6 Paddle shift controls if so equipped P 5 15 7 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 28 8 Hazard warning flasher switch
287. ghts on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL Push the button A to increase the bright ness of instrument panel lights when driving at night Push the button B to decrease the bright ness of instrument panel lights when driving at night LIC2305 Instruments and controls 2 33 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal 1 Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal 2 To signal a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch The turn signal will flash three times automati cally FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the position then turn the fog light switch to the position To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position the headlights must be on then turn the fog light switch to the position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected To sound the horn push near the horn icon of the steering wheel WAR
288. gine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift selector to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood WARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time PUSH STARTING IF YOU
289. hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG I
290. has difficulty pronounc ing Record Name B The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing A Incoming B Missed C Use the Recent Calls command to access out going incoming or missed calls Outgoing A Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming B Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed C Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone B Delete Phone C Replace Phone D Bluetooth OFF E Phonebook Download OFF F Display Settings G Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure in this section for more information Monitor climate audio phone
291. have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to exce
292. he correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for th
293. heat and dehumidify the air 1 Press the button to the OFF position 2 Press the air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 Push the button The indicator light comes on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Press the air flow control button 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion When the or are selected the air conditioner automatically turns on the indicator light may or may not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The mode au tomatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging perfor mance The air conditioner is always on in mode regardless of whether the indicator light is on or off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows and moonroof closed while the air conditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditionin
294. heir appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing a
295. here the cable is stored Do not leave the USB device and attached devices in the vehicle com partment When not in use for ex tended periods of time store the cable and USB device in a clean dust free environment at room tempera ture and without direct sun exposure Do not use the cable for any other purposes than its intended use in the vehicle The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some states area the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB memory de vices USB hard drives and iPod players Some USB devices may not be supported by this sys tem Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB use The USB device may not function when the passenger compartment temperature is ex tremely high Lower the temperature before use During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humidity If this oc curs remove the USB device and dehu midify or ventilate the USB player com plete
296. hey may damage the leather s natural finish CLEANING INTERIOR 7 4 Appearance and care Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model See your NISSAN dealer for more information Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicl
297. hicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if
298. hicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this sec tion Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area LHA2291 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area
299. hing on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled beside the license plate light When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line A are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line 1 approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line 2 approx 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m Green line 4 approx 10 ft 3 m Vehicle width guide lines 5 Indicate the vehicle width when backing up Predicted course lines 6 Navigation Sys tem only Indicate the predicted course when backing up The predicted course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift selector is in the R Reverse position and the steering wheel is turned
300. hot position When the position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the out side temperature is more than 36 F 2 C The indicator light on the A C button will come on This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The mode automatically turns off allowing out side air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defog ging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Press the button to the OFF position 2 Press the air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the button The indicator light comes on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high push the button to the ON position Be sure to return the to the OFF position for normal cooling MAX A C may be used for quick cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to
301. icle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low an indi cator illuminates in the Vehicle Information Dis play See Vehicle Information Display in the Instruments and controls section Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see Battery replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY WITH DOOR AND TRUNK REQUEST SWITCHES Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not
302. ight may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Front passenger position LRS0454 WRS0475 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate
303. ilable if a phone is connected If a phone is connected and Bluetooth is set to On the following voice commands are available Dial Number Allows for up to 24 digits to be dialed After the number is entered say Dial to initiate dialing Say Correction to correct the num ber entered Say Go Back to return to the main menu List Phonebook Starting with the first alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook the system prompts for an additional command Say Dial to call the number of the phonebook entry Say Send Text to send a text message to the number of the phonebook entry Say Next Entry to skip to the next alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook where the same op tions will then be available Recent Calls The system prompts for an additional com mand Say Missed Calls Incoming Calls or Outgoing Calls to display a list of such calls on the screen Speak the number of the entry displayed on the screen to dial that number or say Next Page to view entries on the next page if available Redial Redials the last called number Read Text Reads an incoming text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Send Text Sends a text message For more information about text messagi
304. in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Forward facing step 3 WRS0680 Forward facing step 4 LRS0667 Forward facing step 5 LRS0668 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt 7 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and
305. ined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration 9 14 Technical and consumer information Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX lbs or XXX kg on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lbs or XXX kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 lbs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg Example LTI0152 Technical and consumer information 9 15 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gro
306. ing procedure contact an NISSAN dealer Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors glove box and rear seatback lock See Doors in this section Storage in the Instruments and controls section and Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section of this manual CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot Valet hand off When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the me chanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box and the trunk from being opened during valet hand off follow the proce dures below 1 Push the trunk cancel switch to the OFF position 2 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 3 Lock the glove box and the rear seats with the mechanical key 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet and keep the mechanical key with you See Storage in the Instruments and controls section and Seats in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section SPA1951 Pre driving checks and adjustments
307. ing conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low an indi cator illuminates in the Vehicle Information Dis play See Vehicle Information Display in the Instruments and controls section Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see Battery replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY WITHOUT DOOR AND TRUNK REQUEST SWITCHES 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Ke
308. ing many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEM 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs
309. ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 In stallation or extended use of electronic ac cessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short dis tances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake fluid levels Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make
310. ing the settings menu in the vehicle information display WARNING The camera unit may not be able to detect when certain objects are present such as Pedestrians bicycles animals Some types of small vehicles such as motorcycles and very short length vehicles SSD1026 Starting and driving 5 21 Oncoming vehicles A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind See BSW driving situa tions later in this section A vehicle which your vehicle over takes rapidly See BSW driving situations later in this section A vehicle that merges or changes lanes rapidly directly next to your vehicle The camera unit may not be able to detect property when your vehicle trav els beside the middle section of a ve hicle with long wheelbase e g trailer truck semi trailer tractor The camera detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width When driving in a wider lane the camera unit may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane When driving in a narrow lane the camera unit may detect vehicles driving two lanes away The camera unit is designed to ignore most stationary objects however ob jects such as guardrails walls foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected This is a normal operating condition The camera unit may detect the re flected image of vehicles or roadside objects that are not actually in the de tection zone especially whe
311. ing the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or when ever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed inf
312. ing your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individual buttons can be reprogrammed see Reprogramming a single HomeLink button in this section To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 Instruments and controls 2 51 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton DO NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Pro gramming HomeLink Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF
313. interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modification not ex pressly approved by the party respon sible for compliance could void the us er s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence include interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice 3 The term IC before the radio certifi cation number only signifies that In dustry Canada technical specifications were met TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert When adding air to an under inflated tire the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle in a safe and level place 2 Apply the parking brake and place the shift selector to the P Park position 3 Place the ignition switch to the ON position Do not start the engine Starting and driving 5 5 Operation 1 Add air to the tire 2 After a few seconds the hazard indicators will start flashing 3 When the designated pressure is reached the horn beeps once and the hazard indica tors stop flashing 4 Perform the above steps for each tire If the tire is over inflated more than ap proximat
314. ion and push the ignition switch to the OFF position NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health REMOTE START if so equipped Vehicles started with the remote start require the ignition switch to be placed in the ON position before the shift selector can be moved from the P Park position To place the ignition switch to the ON position follow these steps 1 Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on you 2 Apply the brake 3 Press the ignition switch once to the ON position For additional information see NISSAN Intelli gent Key in the Pre driving checks and ad justments section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 5 12 Starting and driving CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive Ds Drive Sport or manual shift mode if so equipped Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Fail ure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident
315. ions In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modi fications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration APD1005 WHEN READING THE MANUAL CALIFORNI
316. ired for all the other win dow switches LIC0410 2 44 Instruments and controls AUTOMATIC MOONROOF The moonroof will only operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The auto matic moonroof is operational for a period of time even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the moonroof is canceled Sliding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push the switch to the open 2 or close 1 position and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof then push the switch to the tilt up position 1 and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the switch to the tilt down position 2 Resetting the moonroof switch If the moonroof does not operate properly per form the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system 1 If the moonroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the moonroof switch to the close position 1 to tilt the moonroof up 2 Push and hold the switch to the close posi tion 1 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the switch to the open posi tion 2 to fully tilt th
317. is section Phonebook The following commands are available under Phonebook a name Say a name in the phonebook to bring up a list of options for that phonebook entry The system will say the name it interpreted based on the voice command provided If the name is incorrect say Correction to hear another name Once the correct phonebook entry is identi fied say Dial to dial the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Record Name to record a name for the phonebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the phonebook entry List Names Speak this command to have the system list the names in the phonebook one by one alphabetically Say Dial to dial the number of the current name or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next En try or Previous Entry to move through the list alphabetically Say Record Name to record a name for the current phonebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the current phonebook entry Transfer Entry This command can be used to transfer mul tiple contacts at a time To enable manual contact transfer capability set Phonebook Download to Off in the Setting menu The ability to transfer contacts via the OPP Bluetooth profile depends on your mobile phone See your phone s Owner s Manual for details and instructions
318. ith this system see Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System in this section For more information about the Pandora audio feature available with this system see Pan dora audio in this section LHA1493 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB INTERFACE models without Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the USB device and the port Make sure that the USB device is con nected correctly into the USB port Some USB devices come with a mark as a guide Make sure that the mark is facing the correct direction be fore inserting the device Do not locate objects near the USB de vice to prevent the objects from leaning on the USB device and the port Pres sure from the objects may damage the USB device and the port The USB input jack is located on the center console beneath the heater and air conditioner controls Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation CD AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the CD AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If a CD is playing or
319. ith low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will n
320. itional information on warnings and indi cators see Vehicle information display later in this section Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual Front fog light indicator light if so equipped The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are ON See Fog light switch later in this section High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The Malfunction Indicator Light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank 2 14 Instruments and controls After a few driving trips th
321. itor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 5 2 Three way catalyst 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 5 6 Off road recovery 5 6 Rapid air pressure loss 5 7 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 8 Push Button Ignition Switch 5 8 Operating range 5 9 Push button ignition switch positions 5 9 Emergency engine shut off 5 10 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 10 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 11 Before starting the engine 5 11 Starting the engine 5 12 Remote start if so equipped 5 12 Driving the vehicle 5 13 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT
322. key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Type A WPD0427 Type B LPD2052 KEYS 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the eras
323. l erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate
324. ld restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Rear facing step 1 WRS0256 Rear facing step 2 WRS0761 Rear facing step 3 LRS0669 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all
325. ld restraints 1 19 1 25 1 30 1 33 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 23 Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Chimes audible reminders 2 16 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 Clock 4 42 models without navigation system 4 42 Clock set 4 42 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Cold weather driving 5 35 Compact disc CD player 4 43 4 48 4 54 Compass display 2 6 Console box 2 41 Console light 2 47 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 13 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 13 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 13 Transmission shift selector lock release 5 17 Control panel buttons 4 4 Brightness contrast button 4 11 Enter button 4 4 Setting button 4 7 Controls Heater and air conditioner controls 4 21 4 30 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Checking engine coolant level
326. ld washer fluid reservoir P 8 15 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details LDI2112 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 Warning light Name Page Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light 2 10 or Brake warning light 2 11 Charge warning light 2 11 Low tire pressure warning light 2 11 Master warning light 2 13 Power steering warning light 2 13 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 13 Warning light Name Page Supplemental air bag warning light 2 14 Indicator light Name Page Fog light indicator light if so equipped 2 14 Front passenger air bag status light 2 14 High beam indicator light blue 2 14 Malfunction Indica tor Light MIL 2 14 Overdrive off indica tor light if so equipped 2 15 Security indicator light 2 15 Indicator light Name Page Side light and head light indicator light green 2 16 Slip indicator light 2 16 Turn signal hazard indicator lights 2 16 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light 2 16 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seats 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment for passenger s seat 1 2 Front power seat adjustment for driver s seat
327. le speed Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer 1 and the twin trip odometer 2 are displayed below the Vehicle Information Dis play when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP RESET 3 switch on the left of the instrument panel to change the display as follows Trip Trip Trip Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP RESET switch 3 for more than 1 second resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available See Vehicle Infor mation Display in this section TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev engine into the red zone 1 CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage LIC2255 LIC2234 LIC2219 2 4 Instruments and controls ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 1 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions
328. lf with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular ac cessories with which your vehicle is equipped Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil iarity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information FOREWORD READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulat
329. lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driv ing and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately CAUTION Do not ground electrical accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Variable voltage control system if so equipped in the Maintenance and do it yourself section later in this manual Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare Instruments and controls 2 11 The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off
330. ly Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 Do not connect a USB device if a connector cable or USB port is wet Allow the connector cable and USB port to dry completely before connecting the USB device Wait for 24 hours or more until it is dry If the connec tor and USB port are exposed to fluids other than water evaporative residue may cause a short circuit between the connector pins and USB port In this case replace the cable and USB port Otherwise damage to the USB device and a loss of function may occur If the cable is damaged insulation cut con nectors cracked contamination such as liq uids dust dirt etc in the connectors do not use the cable Replace the cable with a new one Do not put a USB device in a location where static electricity occurs electrical noise is generated or hot air from the air conditioner blows directly on it Doing so may cause the data stored on the USB device to be cor rupted Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flick ering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd G
331. ly Clean the camera ADJUSTING THE SCREEN The procedure for adjusting the quality of the screen differs depending on the type of screen present on the vehicle For vehicles without Navigation System 1 Press the ENTER SETTING button 2 Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to highlight the Brightness or Contrast key 3 Press the ENTER SETTING button Without Navigation System LHA2254 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 Adjust the level using the TUNE SCROLL knob and then press the ENTER SETTING button to apply the adjustment Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving For vehicles with Navigation System 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the System key 4 Select the Display key 5 Touch the Brightness key and adjust the level to the desired setting Do not adjust the display of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving OPERATING TIPS CAUTION Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with a di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected When the shift selector is shifted to R Re verse the monitor screen automatically changes to the R
332. ly be used when the Intelligent Key is within the speci fied operating range from the vehicle When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The remote engine start operating range is ap proximately 197 ft 60 m from the vehicle REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLE To use the remote start feature to start the engine perform the following 1 Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle 2 Press the LOCK button to lock all doors 3 Within 5 seconds press and hold the remote start button until the turn signal lights illuminate If the vehicle is not within view press and hold the remote start but ton for about 2 seconds The following events will occur when the engine starts The parking lights will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running The doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on The engine will continue to run for 10 min utes Repeat the steps to extend the time for an additional 10 minutes See Extending engine run time in this section Depress the brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position before driving For further instructions see Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section LPD2078 REMOTE ENGINE START if so equipped Pre driving checks and
333. mber call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 MANUAL CONTROL While using the Voice Recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Re cent Calls lists To re activate voice recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND button will start the Hands Free Phone System Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the Voice Recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will always speak the current menu o
334. me caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle NOTE This feature is automatically disabled if the connected device does not support the Message Access Profile MAP See the phone s Owner s Manual for details and instructions The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message 1 Press the button 2 Say Send Text 3 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following a name Number Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls Missed Calls For more information about these options see Voice commands in this section 4 Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Five predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay LHA2296 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems To send one of the custom messages say Custom Message If more than one cus tom message is stored
335. minates when the there is a prob lem with the CVT system If this warning comes on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Reminder Turn OFF headlights This warning appears when the headlights are left in the ON position when exiting the vehicle Place the headlight switch to OFF or AUTO po sition For additional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in this section Low Oil Pressure This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display if low oil pressure is detected This gauge is not designed to indicated low oil level The low oil pressure warning is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Intelligent key registration complete This appears when a new intelligent key is regis tered to the vehicle Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning if so equipped This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected The warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressures of all 4 tires to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Low tire pressure warning light ear lier in this section and Tire
336. mpling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA Playback order chart WHA1078 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supp
337. n Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Overdrive off indicator light if so equipped QR25DE The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected VQ35DE This light illuminates and then turns off when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position QR25DE and VQ35DE For additional information see Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC position The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section Instruments and controls 2 15 Side light and headlight indicator light green The side light and headlight indicator light illumi nates when the side light or headlight position is selected See Headlight and turn signal switch later in this section for further details Slip indicator light This indicator will blink whe
338. n as possible 2 12 Instruments and controls When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Master warning light When the ignition is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the fol lowing are displayed on the vehicle information display No key warning Low fuel warning Low windshield washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door trunk open warning Loose fuel cap Check tire pressure warning Power steering warning light WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illumin
339. n other than P Park position Also a chime sounds when the ignition switch is in the OFF position If this warning illuminates move the shift selector to the P Park position or start the engine For additional information about Intelligent Key see NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Push ignition to OFF After the Push ignition to OFF warning illumi nates the warning will illuminate if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC position when the shift selector is moved to the P Park position To turn off the Push warning place the ignition switch in the ON position and then in the LOCK position Key Battery Low This indicator illuminates when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator illuminates replace the battery with a new one See Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system This indicator appears when the battery of the Intelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Key system and the vehicle are not communicating normally If this appears touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal For more information see Intelligent Key battery discharge in the Starting and driving section Release Parking brake This warning illuminates in the message area of the vehicle information display when th
340. n the Intelligent Key The door windows cannot be closed by using the Intelligent Key WPD0360 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments Releasing the trunk lid Press the button for longer than 0 5 sec onds to open the trunk lid The trunk release button will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the trunk cancel switch is in the OFF position See Cancel switch in this section Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when It has run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key The request switch on the driver or passen ger door has been pushed and the Intelligent Key is in range of the door handle WPD0364 WPD0361 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 Answer back horn feature If desired the answer back horn feature can be deactivated using the Intelligent Key When de activated and the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and when the UNLOCK button is pushed nei ther the hazard indicator nor the horn operates NOTE If you change the answer back horn and light flash feature with the Intelligent Key the vehicle information display screen will
341. n the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control has been turned off Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will be reactivated See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you push the push button ignition switch to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the indi cator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dynamic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping so
342. n the right Touch the screen at the location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key LHA1492 LHA1489 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 Tuning with the TUNE SCROLL knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE SCROLL knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies When in XM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change the channel SEEK tuning When in FM or AM mode press the seek buttons or to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in XM mode press the seek buttons or to change the category 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Eighteen stations can be set for the XM band 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Press and hold any of the de sired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be
343. n the road is wet BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS Another vehicle approaching from behind The Blind spot indicator light illuminates if a ve hicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane However if the overtaking vehicle is traveling much faster than your vehicle the indicator light may not illuminate before the detected vehicle is beside your vehicle Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes LSD2113 5 22 Starting and driving If the driver activates the turn signal then the Blind Spot indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice NOTE If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the Blind Spot indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected Overtaking other vehicles The Blind Spot indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 3 seconds The camera unit may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone then the Blind Spot indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice LSD2114 LSD2116 LSD2117 Starting and driving 5 23 LDW SYSTEM OPERATION The LDW system operates above approximately 45 MPH 70 km h When the vehicle approaches eith
344. n voice commands 4 114 Help voice commands 4 114 Troubleshooting guide 4 115 WARNING Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electrical shock 1 PWR button VOL volume control knob 2 Display screen 3 ENTER AUDIO button TUNE SCROLL knob 4 BACK button 5 MAP button 6 NAV button 7 MENU button 8 brightness control button LHA2239 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 button 10 CAMERA button For information regarding the Navigation system control buttons refer
345. nc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice f
346. nd seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling BATTERY 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Keep battery out of the reach of children Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level 1 Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps WDI0224 LDI0302 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer CAUTION Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass
347. ndicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passen ger s side NOTE The automatic door unlock function can be changed using the Vehicle Settings in the vehicle information display The Auto Door Unlock choices are Off IGN OFF Shift into P CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position 2 the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the LOCK position 1 the door can be opened only from the out side SPA2037 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi c
348. nditions are corrected the BSW and or LDW system will resume automati cally BSW LDW AUTOMATIC DEACTIVATION When dirt rain or snow cannot be removed by the automatic washer and blower and accumu lates on the camera making it impossible to detect the vehicles or the lane markers the BSW and or LDW system will be turned off automati cally The BSW light white and or LDW light white will blink and the Unavailable Clean rear camera will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take If the message appears park the vehicle in a safe place clean the camera unit with a soft cloth Then turn off and restart the engine When the BSW and or LDW system malfunc tions they will be turned off automatically the BSW light orange and or LDW light orange will illuminate and Malfunction Please see own ers manual will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location turn off and restart the engine If the BSW light orange and or the LDW light orange continues to illu minate have the BSW and or LDW system checked by a NISSAN dealer Starting and driving 5 25 CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCE The rear camera unit 1 for the LDW BSW sys tems is located above the rear licence plate To maintain the proper operation of the LDW BSW systems and help keep the system functioning be sure to observe the following Always keep the camera unit clean
349. ndshield wiper blades CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision VQ35DE LDI2118 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 5 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove 6 Return the wiper to its original position and release it until it has made contact with the windshield CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the windshield washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper wind shield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin B WDI0594 LDI2182 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brak
350. nel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag and result in serious per sonal injury Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system A cracked windshield should b
351. nforma tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident WARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard ti
352. nformation Connect New Device Select to connect a new Bluetooth device to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem Select Connected Device Select to choose a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Replace Connected Device Select to replace a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Delete Connected Device Select to delete a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Bluetooth Select to toggle the Bluetooth on and off PHONE SETTINGS To access the phone settings 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 Select the Phone Settings key and adjust the following settings as desired Sort Phonebook By Select First Name or Last Name to choose how phonebook entries are alpha betically displayed on the screen LHA2265 LHA2302 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Use Phonebook From Select Handset to use the phone s phone book Select SIM to use the phonebook on the SIM card Select Both to use both sources Download Phonebook Now Select to download the phonebook to the vehicle from the chosen source Phone Notifications for Select Driver
353. ng the door after getting out of the vehicle The No Key Detected warning appears in the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Place the ignition switch in the OFF position The Shift to Park warning appears in the display and the outside chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ACC position and the shift selector is not in the P Park position Move the shift selector to the P Park posi tion and place the ignition switch in the OFF position When closing the door with the inside lock knob turned to LOCK The outside chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds and all the doors unlock The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key to lock the door The outside chime sounds for approximately 2 seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the ignition switch to start the engine The Key low battery indicator appears in the display The battery charge is low Replace the battery with a new one See Battery in the Maintenance and do it yourself section The KEY ID Incorrect warning appears in the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds The Intelligent Key is not in the vehi
354. ng the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the rear parcel shelf When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door handle request switch 1 3 The hazard warning lights flash once and the ou
355. ng with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Select Phone The system replies Please use manual con trols to continue Use manual controls to change the active phone from among the listed phones connected to the vehicle For more information about the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys tem in this section NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the Navigation System Places Street Address Address Book Home Previous Destination 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems For more information about these commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual AUDIO SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the audio system voice commands 1 Press the button 2 Say Audio 3 Speak a command from the following avail able commands FM Switches the audio system to the FM mode AM Switches the audio system to the AM mode XM satellite radio if so equipped Switches the audio system to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio mode CD Switches the audio system to the CD mode A CD must be inserted for this command to be functional iPod Switches the audio system to the iPod mode An iPod must be connecte
356. nges in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions 5 Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains BREAK IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS 5 28 Starting and driving 6 Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time 7 Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions 8 Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting 9 Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driv ing Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling 10 Keeping your Vehicle Cool Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system Keep your engine tuned up
357. ngs do not play back in the desired order The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB Universal Serial Bus memory if so equipped WARNING Do not connect or disconnect the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the USB device and the port Make sure that the USB device is con nected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may break the wire USB device or the port To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device note the fol lowing precautions Do not bend the cable excessively 1 6 in 40 mm radius minimum Do not twist the cable excessively more than 180 degrees Do not pull or drop the cable Do not hit or press the USB port or USB device with hands feet or objects Do not store objects with sharp edges in the storage area w
358. ning BSW systems that are activated using the settings menu in the vehicle information display When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator 1 on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if all of the warning systems are deactivated using the settings menu The BSW system will turn on the Blind Spot indicator lights located inside the vehicle next to the outside mirrors if a vehicle is located in the detection zone If the turn signal is activated in the direction of the detected vehicle a chime sounds LIC0421 LIC2225 HEATED STEERING WHEEL if so equipped WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH if so equipped 2 36 Instruments and controls twice and the BSW indicator light will flash For additional information see Blind Spot Warning BSW System Lane Departure Warning LDW System in the Starting and driving section The LDW system will sound a warning chime and the LDW indicator light orange in the vehicle information display blinks to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane when detected by the camera unit For additional information see Blind Spot Warning BSW System Lane De parture Warning LDW System in the Starting and driving section The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces
359. nitiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry B Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names C Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Say a Name List Names A R
360. nt s ears LRS2164 LRS0887 WRS0134 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Removal Use the following procedure to remove the ad justable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint from the seat 4 Store the head restraint properly so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head re straint before an occupant uses the seating position LRS0888 LRS0889 LRS0890 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches 1 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every tim
361. ntry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Locking doors 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 2 Close all doors 3 Press the button on the Intelligent Key 4 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once 5 All doors will be locked CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles Unlocking doors 1 Press the button on the Intelligent Key 2 The hazard warning lights flash once 3 Press the button again within 5 sec onds to unlock all doors WPD0359 WPD0360 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments NOTE The unlocking operation can be changed in Selective door unlock in the Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information see Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pressing the button Opening an
362. nue to hold it down until the desired window position is reached 1 To close the window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it up until the desired window position is reached 2 Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down 1 To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function WIC1129 LIC2311 Instruments and controls 2 43 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held To stop the window press the switch down while the window is closing Auto reverse function If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be imme diately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the
363. ny abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks CLEANING EXTERIOR 7 2 Appearance and care REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS When cleaning the rear window it may be easier to clean if the high mounted stop light if so equipped is removed first Be careful when removing the high mounted stop light to reduce the risk of damaging the high mounted stop light wires To remove the high mounted stop light 1 Push toward rear of vehicle 2 Lift to remove The high mounted stop light must be properly reinstalled before driving your vehicle Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the
364. o it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and
365. o the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer LIC1543 HEATED SEATS if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 35 The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below approximately 68 F 20 C Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts The indicator light will come on If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C the system will heat the steering wheel to approximately 86 F 30 C then turn off automatically Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel off manually The indicator light will go off NOTE The heated steering wheel switch is equipped with a 30 minute timer After the switch has been activated for 30 minutes the system will automatically turn off If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68 F 20 C when the switch is turned on the system will not heat the steering wheel This is not a malfunction The warning systems switch is used to temporar ily turn off the warning systems Lane Departure Warning LDW and Blind Spot War
366. ock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position 1 When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position 2 Inside lock LPD2092 Door lock switch LPD2093 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position and any door is open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle and any door is open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard i
367. omatic control mode press and hold the air recirculation button or press and hold the fresh air intake button for about 2 seconds The indicator lights both air recirculation and fresh air intake buttons will flash twice and then the intake air will be con trolled automatically Air flow control Pressing the MODE button manually controls air flow and selects the air outlet Air flows from center and side vents Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets Air flows from defroster and foot outlets Air flows from defroster outlets To turn system off Press the OFF button Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For more information about the rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally The sunload sensor located on the top driver s side of the instrument panel helps the system maintain a constant temperature Do not put any thing on or around this sensor LHA1136 Monitor
368. ommands Say Special Number to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format C If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number See How to say num bers in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial D The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Ph
369. on Select to remove the current station CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use LHA2270 LHA0049 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated 1 Source select and power on switch 2 Menu control switch ENTER button 3 Back switch 4 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL POWER on switch With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi tion push the SOURCE switch to turn the audio system on SOURCE select switch Push the source select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM1 FM2 XM1 satellite radio if so equipped XM2 satellite radio if so equipped XM3 satellite radio if so equipped CD USB iPod if so equipped Bluetooth Au dio AUX AM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the s
370. on or off If the setting is OFF the vehicle cannot be started using the intelligent key From the Vehicle Set tings menu select Remote Start Use the EN TER button to enable disable Battery Saver The battery saver automatically turns off the headlights after a period of time when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position when the headlight switch is in the or posi tion Language The language of the vehicle information display can be changed to US English French Spanish Use the and the ENTER buttons to select and change the language of the vehicle information display The language of the center display navigation can be changed indepen dently of the vehicle information display For ve hicles not equipped with Navigation see SET TING button and vehicles equipped with Navigation see System in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 21 Units The units that are shown in the vehicle informa tion display can be changed Mileage Tire pressures Temperature Use the and the ENTER buttons to select and change the units of the vehicle infor mation display The units of the navigation screen can be changed independently of the vehicle information display For vehicles equipped with Navigation see System in the Monitor climate audio phone an
371. one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters OK Completes the character input Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen HOW TO USE THE MENU BUTTON For more information about the POIs Powered by Google Google Send To Car Traffic Information and Weather features see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For more information about the Voice Com mands key see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section To select and or adjust several functions fea tures and modes that are available for your ve hicle 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key LHA2247 LHA2253 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 3 Select the desired item Audio For audio setup refer to Audio system in this section Navigation Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item Phone amp Bluetooth For information regarding the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System in this se
372. onebook Recent Calls Connect Phone Help When you press and release the button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response Call Main Menu Call Speak name A Phone Number Speak Digits B Special Number C Redial D Call Back E Speak name A If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phonebook in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the loca tion
373. ons Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child CHILD SAFETY Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint WARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fit ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child re straints later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Teth ers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See
374. onsecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving LIC0394 EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH 6 2 In case of emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven w
375. oper engage ment of the hood latch WARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving The vehicle should only ever be operated with the hood securely closed If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood OPENER OPERATION WARNING Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual LPD2079 Instrument panel LPD2080 HOOD TRUNK LID Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys To open the trunk lid perform one of the following after unlocking the vehicle Press the button on the instrument panel Press the button on the Intelligent Key Push the A release switch if so equipped To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely NOTE Request switches for all doors and trunk can be deactivated when the I Key Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the Ve hicle Settings of the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display in the
376. or to the left to decrease volume LHA2241 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 MENU button Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Volume and Clock Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade Spd Sen Vol Speed Sensitive Volume AUX IN Volume Clock Clock Adjust To adjust the Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the SEEK or TRACK button to adjust the setting to the desired level 5 to 5 Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Speed Sensitive Volume SSV adjusts the vol ume of the audio system as the vehicle s driving speed changes It can be set as follows OFF LOW MID HIGH DISP display button Press the DISP display button while a CD is playing to change the text shown in the audio display as follows For CDs Running Time Album Title Artist Name Song Title For MP3 CDs Running Time Folder Title Album Title Artist Name Song Title If the text information is too long to fully
377. ore taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire and loading information label 1 Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 2 Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 3 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR 4 Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section 5 Spare tire size 6 Vehicle load limit See Vehicle load ing information in the Technical and consumer information section LDI2083 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side w
378. ormation see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles 5 32 Starting and driving WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument
379. orted file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Supported versions 1 MP3 Version MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Bit rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR WMA Version WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Bit rate 48 kbps 192 kbps VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters Displayable character codes 2 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Cannot play Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the norm
380. ot function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift selector to P Park FLAT TIRE In case of emergency 6 3 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the CVT is shifted into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 1 at bo
381. ot tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load 4 Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where le gally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate cha
382. ounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet 5 The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on 6 Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 37 MEMO 5 38 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Emergency engine shut off 6 2 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Flat tire 6 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 3 Changing a flat tire 6 3 Jump starting 6 8 Push starting 6 10 If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Towing your vehicle 6 11 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 12 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 13 To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 c
383. ove the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints in this section for head restraint adjustment re moval and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 WRS0699 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See In stalling top tether strap
384. ove the shift selector to the P Park position and apply the parking brake DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on LHA1198 WHA1504 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor WHA1505 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 Backing up near a projecting object The predicted course lines A do not touch the object in the display Howeve
385. ow the instrument panel To open the fuel filler door pull the release To lock close the fuel filler door securely FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing
386. ow tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The Check Tire Pressure warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening You can also check the tire pressure of all tires expect the spare on the vehicle infor mation display screen if so equipped The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on th
387. p TPMS Fuel economy 2 navigate through the items in ve hicle information ENTER change or select an item in the vehicle information display 3 go back to the previous menu The ENTER and buttons also control audio and control panel functions For additional infor mation see Steering wheel switch for audio control in Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section STARTUP DISPLAY When the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACC position the screens that display in the vehicle information include Active system status if so equipped Trip computer Tire pressure information if so equipped Fuel economy Warnings Warnings will only display if there are any pres ent for more information on warnings and indica tors see Vehicle information display warnings and indicators in this section To control what items display in the vehicle infor mation display see Main menu selection in this section LIC2205 LIC2245 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY Instruments and controls 2 17 SETTINGS The setting mode allows you to change the infor mation displayed in the vehicle information dis play Driver Assistance if so equipped Main Menu Selection Body Color Maintenance Alarms Vehicle Settings Language Unit Welcome Effects Factory Reset Driver Assistance if
388. panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following con
389. partment check locations 8 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine cooling system 8 8 Engine oil 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity 9 6 Engine serial number 9 11 Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 12 Enter button 4 4 Event data recorders 9 20 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Extended storage switch 8 26 Eyeglass case 2 39 F Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Flat tire 6 3 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid 8 14 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 13 Engine coolant 8 8 Engine oil 8 10 Windshield washer fluid 8 15 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Fog light switch 2 34 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 44 Front seats
390. perly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an ac cident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle WARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the ac tivated pretensioners must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioners should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pretensioners cannot be repaired The front air
391. pment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller WDI0452 LDI2134 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 4 If the fuse is open A replace it with an equivalent good fuse B 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse Type A WDI0452 Type B LDI0456 LDI2035 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself How to replace the extended storage switch 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs 1 found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 2 CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol
392. pping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction WARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not
393. practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB A Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB B Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB C Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves 4 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion WSD0050 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS 5 30 Starting and driving WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be much harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assistance while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from ge
394. ption De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END button for 5 seconds 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom Solution System fails to interpret the command correctly 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the
395. r weight sensor P 1 44 11 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 51 12 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 21 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details LII2041 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 0 2 Illustrated table of contents 1 Power windows P 2 42 2 Windshield P 8 21 3 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 28 4 Engine hood P 3 27 5 Tie down P 6 13 6 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 29 7 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 30 8 Replacing bulbs P 8 28 9 Tire pressure P 8 35 10 Flat tire P 6 3 11 Tire chains P 8 43 12 Mirrors P 3 33 13 Door locks NISSAN Intelligent Key keys P 3 4 3 7 3 2 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details LII2038 EXTERIOR FRONT Illustrated table of contents 0 3 1 Rear window defroster switch P 2 29 2 Interior trunk lid release P 3 29 3 Trunk lid P 3 27 4 Opener operation P 3 27 5 Replacing bulbs P 8 28 6 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 30 P 9 3 7 Fuel filler door P 3 30 8 Child safety rear door lock P 3 6 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details LII2039 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 1 Interior trunk access P 1 6 2 Moonroof if so equipped P 2 45 3 Sun visors P 3 32 4 Interior lights illuminated
396. r the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course Backing up behind a projecting object The position C is shown farther than the position B in the display However the position C is actually at the same distance as the position A The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position A if the object projects over the actual backing up course MOVING OBJECT DETECTION MOD if so equipped The Moving Object Detection MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects when driving out of garages maneuvering into parking lots and in other such instances The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display When the shift selector is in the R Reverse position and the vehicle speed is approximately 5 MPH 8 km h or less the MOD system detects moving objects in the rearview or rear wide view The MOD system will not operate if the trunk is open LHA1201 WHA1506 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems WARNING The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation and does not prevent contact with the objects sur rounding the vehicle When maneuver ing always use the outside mirror and rear view mirror and turn and look to check the surroundings to make sure it is safe to maneuver The MOD system is not designed to detect surrounding stationary objects If the MO
397. r belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts See Child re straints later in this section for more information The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat bel
398. r change sensation when the driver accelerates or when using the shift paddles if so equipped During Ds Drive Sport mode operation the driver must move the shift selector from Ds mode to D mode and back again to re select Ds Drive Sport mode To cancel the Ds mode return the shift se lector to the D Drive position The trans mission returns to the automatic drive mode The CVT can operate in two manual drive modes M Manual mode if so equipped With the shift selector in the Ds Drive Sport mode using the shift paddles if so equipped up or down produces noticeable up shifts and downshifts The position indicator in the meter shows a M To Ds Drive Sport mode return the shift selector to the D Drive mode Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment DRIVING THE VEHICLE Starting and driving 5 13 NOTE Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift selector out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 Stop the vehicle completely before shifting
399. radio frequency laws require transmit ter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during training Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to tim eout in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Training procedures replace Programming HomeLink Step 2 with the fol lowing NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components 1 See Programing HomeLink step 1 earlier in this section 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button During train ing your hand held transmitter may auto matically stop transmitting Continue to LIC2366 2 50 Instruments and controls press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every two sec onds until the frequency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be
400. rally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Trunk light LDI2135 WHEELS AND TIRES Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro vides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure For more information see TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert in the Starting and driving section Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling WARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading be yond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other ve hicle components Bef
401. rds or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be posi tioned properly across the lower hips
402. re at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car
403. re information on set ting and managing custom text messages see Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the button 2 Say Read Text The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the button to access the following options for replying to the text message LHA2301 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access the phone settings 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key LHA2253 LHA2248 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 Phone Settings See Phone settings in this section for more i
404. rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys WRS0166 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To fold down the driver s side of the rear seat open the trunk and pull on the strap 1 The rear seats can be locked using the mechani cal key to prevent unauthorized access For more information on keys refer to Keys in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Center armrest Pull the armrest down until it rests on the seat cushion HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNING Head restraints supplement the other ve hicle safety
405. recognition systems Connecting a device to the USB input jack CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the USB device and the port Make sure that the USB device is con nected correctly into the USB port Some USB devices come with a mark as a guide Make sure that the mark is facing the correct direction be fore inserting the device Do not locate objects near the USB de vice to prevent the objects from leaning on the USB device and the port Pres sure from the objects may damage the USB device and the port The USB input jack is located on the center console beneath the heater and air conditioner controls Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF VOL control knob to restart the USB memory Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display scre
406. released The rapid flashing indi cates successful training Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete If the device was unplugged during the pro gramming procedure remember to plug it back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the pro grammed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the sig nal is being transmitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you have any questions or are having difficulty programm
407. res every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval WARNING After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet WDI0258 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark Tire wear and damage WARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old
408. river Only to have call notifi cations shown on the vehicle information display only Say Both to have call notifications shown on both the vehicle information display and the center audio display To turn the feature back on say Phonebook Download When the command is recognized Sync Contacts ON will appear on the audio display VOICE ADAPTATION VA MODE Voice Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hold the button for more than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END button to select a different lan guage 5 Press the button For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language in this section 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use
409. rning lights flash once 3 Press the button again within 5 sec onds to unlock all doors NOTE The unlocking operation can be changed in Selective door unlock in the Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information see Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pressing the button Opening any doors Pushing the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section Opening windows if so equipped The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously open windows equipped with automatic opera tion To open the windows press the but ton on the Intelligent Key longer than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the button o
410. rning signals 3 23 Troubleshooting guide 3 24 Remote Engine Start if so equipped 3 25 Remote engine start operating range 3 25 Remote starting the vehicle 3 25 Extending engine run time 3 26 Canceling a remote start 3 26 Conditions the remote start will not work 3 26 Hood 3 27 Trunk lid 3 27 Opener operation 3 27 Interior trunk lid release 3 29 Fuel filler door 3 30 Opener operation 3 30 Fuel filler cap 3 30 Tilt telescopic steering 3 32 Tilt operation 3 32 Telescopic operation 3 32 Sun visors
411. rol button 9 fan speed control buttons 10 ON OFF button 11 rear window defroster button WARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner LHA2244 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic if so equipped Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Press the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed 2 Turn the temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature Adjust the temperature display to about 75 F 24 C for normal op
412. rom the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer License plate bracket padding 1 License plate 2 Trunk 3 License plate frame 4 Padding CAUTION A license plate frame could vibrate and cause noise or paint damage To avoid damage or noise add a soft adhesive pad with a maximum thickness of 1 8 in 4 mm to the back lower edge of the license plate frame LAI2001 Appearance and care 7 7 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 8 2 General maintenance 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system
413. ront windshield defrost button CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control buttons The air flow control buttons allow you to select the air flow outlets MAX A C Air flows from center and side vents with maximum cooling Air flows from center and side vents Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right LHA2243 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Air recirculation button On position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Press the button to the ON position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner The air recirculation function does not operate when in the or air flow modes Off position Indicator light off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con dition
414. roughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 29 39 N m 22 29 ft lb 7 Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine 8 Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter A 4 Loosen the oil filter A with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand QR25DE LDI2122 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself
415. rs because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels unintentionally leave the road surface maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 5 6 Starting and driving 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the acce
416. rther details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in this section 2 Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 3 Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E PSF will prevent the power steering system from operating properly 4 Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer 5 For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in this section 6 For further details see Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 7 NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Oil available at a NISSAN dealer As an alternative to this recommended oil SAE 5W 30 or SAE 10W 30 conventional petroleum oils may be used and meet all specifications and requirements necessary to maintain the New Vehicle Limited Warranty 8 See your NISSAN dealer for service 9 As an alternative to this recommended oil SAE 5W 30 conventional petroleum oils may be used and meet all specifications and requirements necessary to maintain the New Vehicle Limited Warranty CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 CAUTION Using a fuel
417. ry trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Technical and consumer information 9 21 MEMO 9 22 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 32 Air bag See supplemental restraint system 1 37 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system 1 44 Air bag warning light 1 52 2 14 Air cleaner housing filter 8 20 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 24 Air conditioner service 4 32 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 Heater and air conditioner controls
418. s 3 4 Doors 3 4 Locking with key 3 4 Locking with inside lock knob 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch 3 5 Automatic door locks 3 6 Child safety rear door lock 3 6 NISSAN Intelligent Key With Door and Trunk Request Switches 3 7 Operating range 3 8 Door locks unlocks precaution 3 9 NISSAN Intelligent Key operation 3 10 How to use the remote keyless entry function 3 13 Warning signals 3 16 Troubleshooting guide 3 17 NISSAN Intelligent Key Without Door and Trunk Request Switches 3 18 Operating range 3 19 How to use the remote keyless entry function 3 19 Wa
419. s Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connect ing instructions LHA2289 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the
420. s designed to provide the specified space A between the installed tire chain 1 and where the tire meets the rim 2 as shown on the chart NOTE Tire chains are not permitted for use with 18 in wheels Wheel size Minimum space required 16 in 7 in 17 mm 17 in 2 in 4 mm A tire chain that provides the specified amount of space will provide the necessary clearance be tween the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action dam age to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be ad versely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire LDI0574 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the ti
421. s if the system is operational Front passenger air bag and status light WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident WRS0475 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls After the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instru ment panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag
422. s of the interior light switch position These lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery CONSOLE LIGHT The console light will turn on whenever the park ing lights or headlights are illuminated To turn the rear personal lights on press the switch To turn them off press the switch again LIC2303 Rear personal lights LIC1083 PERSONAL LIGHTS Instruments and controls 2 47 Push the button to turn the map lights on To turn them off press the button again CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light goes off The light will go off after a period of time if the trunk lid is left open unless the ignition switch is placed in the ON position For bulb replacement procedures refer to Exte rior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as
423. s system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi tions only Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH anchors LATCH lower anchor WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed LATCH system anchor locations LRS2165 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 LATCH lower anchor point locations The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is at tached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH
424. se 5 17 Travel See registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Trip odometer 2 4 Trunk access through the rear seat 1 6 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 27 Trunk light 2 48 Turn signal switch 2 34 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 USB interface Audio file operation 4 57 4 59 V Vanity mirror 3 33 Variable voltage control system 8 19 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 9 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 37 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 33 Vehicle identification 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle loading information 9 13 Vehicle recovery 6 13 Vehicle security system 2 26 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 2 27 3 4 5 11 Ventilators 4 20 Visors 3 32 Voice recognition system 4 109 W Warning Air bag warning light
425. se interference and 2 this device must accept any interference in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device HEADLIGHTS Replacing the xenon headlight bulb if so equipped WARNING cHIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disas semble Always have your xenon head lights replaced at a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in the Instru ments and controls section Replacing the halogen headlight bulb if so equipped If bulb replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer WDI0568 LIGHTS 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself CAUTION Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Use th
426. set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Presets can also be selected by touching the desired preset number on the screen Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play LHA2263 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD en coded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD When the random mode is active the icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touch ing Random alternates between randomly play ing songs within the current folder and songs from the CD as a whole The icon is dis played
427. settings back to default by pressing the ENTER button 2 22 Instruments and controls VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY WARNINGS AND INDICATORS 1 No Key Detected 2 Key ID Incorrect 3 Shift to Park 4 Push ignition to OFF 5 Key Battery Low 6 Engine start operation for Intelligent Key sys tem 7 Release parking brake 8 Low Fuel 9 Low Washer Fluid 10 Door Open 11 Trunk Open LIC2343 Instruments and controls 2 23 12 Timer Alert Time for a driver break 13 Low Outside Temperature 14 Power will turn off to save the battery 15 CVT Error 16 Reminder Turn OFF headlights 17 Low Oil Pressure 18 Key Registration Complete 19 Tire Pressure Low Add Air if so equipped 20 TPMS Error 21 Remote Start if so equipped 22 Loose Fuel Cap No Key Detected This warning appears when the intelligent key is left outside the vehicle with the ignition switch is the ON or ACC position Make sure the Intelli gent Key is inside the vehicle Key ID Incorrect This warning appears when the ignition switch is placed from the OFF position and the intelligent key is not recognized by the system You can not start the engine with an unregistered key See NISSAN Intelligent Key in Pre driving checks and adjustments for more information Shift to Park This warning illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position and the shift selector is in any positio
428. sh the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it JUMP STARTING 6 8 In case of emergency WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift se lector to P Park Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems lights heater air condi tioner etc 3 Remove the vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard 4 Connect the jumper cables in the sequence illustrated A B C D CAUTION Always connect positive to positive and negative to body
429. sition and make sure you carry the Intelli gent Key with you 2 Close all doors 3 Push any door handle request switch 1 while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 4 All doors and the trunk will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice NOTE Request switches for all doors and trunk can be deactivated when the I Key Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display in the In struments and controls section Doors lock with the door handle request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door is open LPD2074 LPD2075 WPD0369 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handle or the trunk opener switch When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operati
430. so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All
431. so equipped To change the status warnings or turn on or off any of the systems warnings displayed in the Driver Assistance menu Use the button to select and the ENTER button to change a menu item Driving Aids if so equipped Parking Aids if so equipped Driving Aids if so equipped To change the status warnings or turn on or off any of the systems warnings displayed in the Driving Aids menu Use the button to select and the ENTER button to change a menu item Lane Blind Spot Parking Aids if so equipped To turn on or off the system displayed in the Parking Aids menu use the button to select and the ENTER button to enable disable Moving Object For additional information see Moving Object Detection MOD in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Main Menu Selection The items that display can be enabled disabled when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position To change the items that display Use the button to select and the ENTER button to change a menu item Trip Computer Audio Navigation if so equipped Fuel Economy Tire Pressures if so equipped Trip Computer The trip computer can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position From the Main Menu Selection select Trip Comp
432. ss Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR WARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loa
433. ssive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Compact disc with MP3 or WMA if so equipped Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sa
434. ssure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire Load and Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle 6 Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire 7 Close the trunk WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual WCE0056 In case of emergency 6 7 To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flu
435. stems that are activated using the settings menu in the vehicle information display LSD2101 LSD2102 5 24 Starting and driving WARNING The camera unit may not be able to detect properly under the following conditions On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non standard lane markers or lane mark ers covered with water dirt snow etc On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable On roads where there are sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects such as shad ows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direc tion does not align with the lane marker When the road surface is very dark due to weak ambient light or im paired tail lamp When driving on a curved road warning will be late on the outside of the curve BSW LDW TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS Under the following condition the BSW and or LDW system is turned off temporarily the BSW light white and or LDW light white will blink and either of the following message will appear in the vehicle information display Trunk is open Washer fluid is low When the above co
436. stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle LHA2299 LHA2300 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message 1 Press the button 2 Say Send Text 3 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following a name Number Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls Missed Calls For more information about these options see Voice commands in this section 4 Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Five predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay To send one of the custom messages say Custom Messages If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For mo
437. straint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Forward facing step 4 LRS0671 Forward facing step 6 WRS0697 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the opera tion of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only M
438. sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See Ex haust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fu
439. system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level B add coolant to the MAX level A If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level A This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine cool
440. systems They may provide additional protection against injury in cer tain rear end collisions Adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been re moved If the head restraint was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head re straint before an occupant uses the seat ing position Failure to follow these in structions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision LRS2168 WRS0167 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints Cloth seat The front seat head restraints are adjustable and removable The rear head re straints do not adjust or remove Leather seat The front and rear outboard head restraints are adjustable and removable The cen ter headrest is not removable and does not ad just Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or adjustable headrest Components 1 Head restraint 2 Adjustment notches 3 Lock knob 4 Stalks Adjustment Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of the seat occupa
441. t and turn signal switch 2 30 Headlight control switch 2 31 Headlights 8 28 10 3 Interior light 2 46 Light bulbs 8 28 Low tire pressure warning light 2 11 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 24 Passenger air bag and status light 1 46 Personal lights 2 47 Security indicator light 2 15 Spotlights See map light 2 48 Trunk light 2 48 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 10 Lights Map lights 2 48 Lock Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Door locks 3 4 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 30 Glove box lock 2 41 Power door locks 3 5 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 27 Loose fuel cap warning 2 25 3 30 Low fuel warning light 2 13 2 24 Low tire pressure warning light 2 11 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 24 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 13 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle
442. t in use and prevent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows lift gates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with one of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an
443. t should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioners help tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of colli sions helping to restrain front seat occupants Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 The pretensioners are part of the seat belt retrac tor assembly These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT in this section for more de tails If the operation of the supplemental air
444. tem if so equipped 4 99 Regulatory Information 4 101 Voice commands 4 101 Connecting procedure 4 102 Vehicle phonebook 4 103 Making a call 4 104 Receiving a call 4 104 During a call 4 105 Ending a call 4 105 Text messaging 4 105 Bluetooth settings 4 107 Phone settings 4 108 NISSAN Voice Recognition System if so equipped 4 109 Using the system 4 109 System features 4 111 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands 4 112 Navigation System voice commands 4 112 Audio system voice commands 4 113 Informatio
445. tem you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and performed when it is properly recognized NISSAN Voice Recognition will provide a voice response as well as a message in the center display to inform you of the command results USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the sys tem is ready to accept voice commands If the button is pressed before the initializa tion completes the system will announce Voice Recognition System not ready Please wait NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM if so equipped Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 Giving voice commands 1 Press the button 2 The system announces Please say a com mand A list of available commands is spo ken by the system 3 After the tone sounds and the face icon on the display changes speak a command Available commands are discussed later in this section 4 Voice and display feedback are provided when the command is accepted If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces Command not recog nized Repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to cancel the command or go back to the previous menu of commands press the button The system will an nounce Voice recognition canceled or Go back depending on the current men
446. tenance and do it yourself If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires natu
447. tery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur any door is opened shift lever is moved out of the P Park ignition switch changes position ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended pe riod This can discharge the battery EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key is discharged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation start the engine according to the following procedure 1 Place the shift selector in the P Park posi tion 2 Firmly apply the foot brake SSD0860 5 10 Starting and driving 3 Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated A chime will sound After step 3 is performed when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change to ACC 4 Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds a
448. tes Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new ve hicle limited warranty Technical and consumer information 9 3 If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance probl
449. test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 Forward facing step 6 WRS0681 Forward facing step 8 WRS0698 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 Flip up the anchor cover 1 from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat 2 Position the top tether strap over the top of the head restraint 2 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf 3 4 Refer to the appropriate child restraint in stallation procedure steps in this section before tightening the teth
450. th America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY 9 18 Technical and consumer information For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Af
451. th for instructions on connecting NISSAN recom mended cellular phones LHA2257 LHA2274 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the CD AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen Use the Preset 3 button for play and the Preset 4 button for pause BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key LHA2292 LHA2253 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 3 Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 Select the Connect New Device key 5 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISS
452. th the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools Open the trunk Lift the luggage floor Remove the wheel nut wrench 1 and the jack 2 from the from the storage cover 3 Then remove the storage cover 3 to access the spare tire WCE0044 LCE2046 6 4 In case of emergency Turn the clamp to remove the spare tire Remove the spare tire Removing wheel cover if so equipped CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury To remove the wheel cover use the jack rod 1 as illustrated Apply cloth 2 between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover or wheel surface Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire WARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change WCE0067 SCE0630 Jack up point WCE0160 In case of emergency 6 5 Use the correct j
453. the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Press the XM button to change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 satellite if so equipped LHA2259 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed ON When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio reception will not be available unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not avail able in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on TUNE SCROLL knob Tuning Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left or right for manual tuning SEEK tuning Press the SEEK CAT button or to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN t
454. the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance TOWING A TRAILER UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Technical and consumer information 9 17 WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and do
455. the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door WPD0375 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out of your pocket or bag When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch within the range of opera tion Locking doors 1 Move the shift selector to the P Park posi tion place the ignition switch in the LOCK po
456. the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The brightness of the Blind spot indicator lights is adjusted automatically depending on the bright ness of the ambient light A chime sounds if the camera unit has already detected vehicles when the driver activates the turn signal If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal then only the Blind spot indicator light flashes and no chime sounds See BSW driving situations later in this section Turning on or off the BSW system The BSW system is turned on or off using the settings menu in the vehicle information display SYSTEM ON The BSW light white on the instrument panel will light up SYSTEM OFF The BSW light white on the instrument panel will go out 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display Use the to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Driving Aids and press the ENTER button 3 To set the BSW system to on or off use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the ENTER button to select or change an item Select Blind Spot and press the ENTER button To turn on the warning use the ENTER button to check box for Warning BSW The warning systems switch is used to temporar ily turn off the warning systems Lane Departure Warning LDW and Blind Spot Warning BSW systems that are activated us
457. the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced WARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizati
458. these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0797 Rear facing web mounted step 2 WRS0801 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehi
459. tion systems 4 43 When the TRACK button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the TRACK button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track RPT RDM button Press the RPT RDM button while a compact disc is playing to change the play pattern as follows CD TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM DISC REPEAT MP3 WMA CD FOLDER REPEAT TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM FOLDER RANDOM DISC RE PEAT TRACK REPEAT The track that is currently play ing will be repeated DISC RANDOM The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play DISC REPEAT The disc currently playing will be repeated FOLDER REPEAT The tracks in the current folder will be repeated FOLDER RANDOM The order of the tracks in the folder will be mixed during play SCAN CDs button Press the SCAN button for less than 1 5 seconds to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 sec onds per track The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during scan mode CD EJECT When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the
460. tioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the ve hicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions WARNING Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrum
461. tivate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when It has run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key Answer back horn feature If desired the answer back horn feature can be deactivated using the Intelligent Key When de activated and the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and when the UNLOCK button is pushed nei ther the hazard indicator nor the horn operates NOTE If you change the answer back horn and light flash feature with the Intelligent Key the vehicle information display screen will show the current mode after the ignition switch has been cycled from the OFF to the ON position The vehicle information dis play screen can also be used to change the answer back horn mode See Answer back horn in the Instruments and controls section To deactivate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times to confirm that the answer back horn feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feat
462. to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Instruments and controls 2 13 Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioners may not function properly For addi tional details see Supplemental restraint sys tem in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS For add
463. trols section of this manual Type A Without compass LPD0469 Type B With compass LPD0470 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments OUTSIDE MIRRORS WARNING Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The outside mirror remote control only operates when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch 2 Heated mirrors if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Manual folding outside mirrors if so equipped Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it LPD2083 LPD2084 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 35 MEMO 3 36 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped
464. ts 1 To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly LRS0595 WRS0139 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Shoulder belt height adjustment Front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button 1 and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul der belt anchor into position WARNING After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder
465. tside buzzer sounds once 4 Push the door handle request switch 1 again within 5 seconds to unlock all doors If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door LPD2075 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch The interior light timer illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Opening the trunk lid 1 Push the trunk opener request switch A for more than 1 second while carrying the Intel ligent Key with you 2 The trunk will unlatch A chime will sound 4 times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key WPD0
466. tting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy If the steering wheel operation is still per formed the power steering may stop and the power steering warning light will illuminate In a safe location stop the engine and push the igni tion switch to the OFF position The temperature of the power steering system will go down after a period of time and the power assist level will return to normal after starting the engine The power steering warning light will go off Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to over heat You may hear a noise from the front of the vehicle when the steering wheel is operated This is a normal operational noise and is not a malfunction If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running the power assist for the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at 2 wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
467. tures that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select For example to select the Audio key touch the Audio key 1 on the screen Adjusting the item For screens where an item can be adjusted incre mentally such as when adjusting the bass and treble for the audio system touch the key 1 or the key 2 to adjust the settings of an item When there are more items than can be dis played on one screen touch the up arrow 3 to scroll up the page or touch the down arrow 4 to scroll down the page Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a set number of conditions For example the Display Mode can be set to Automatic Day or Night To adjust this type of item touch the item 1 The item will cycle through the available settings and the red indicator lights to the left of the setting condition 2 will come on or turn off accordingly LHA2245 LHA2246 LHA1478 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Inputting characters Touch the letter key 1 There are some options available when inputting characters 123 ABC Changes the available character set to num bers Space Inserts a space Delete Deletes the last inputted character with
468. u level Press the button to move back through the menus displayed on the screen If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback use the volume control switches on the steering wheel or the volume knob on the control panel The voice command screen can also be accessed using the control panel display 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Voice Commands key Operating tips To get the best performance out of NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly LHA2282 LHA2253 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 3 5 sec onds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words SYSTEM FEATURES NISSAN Voice Recognition can activate the fol lowing systems Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Navigation Audio Information For additional information on the navigation sys tem see the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in
469. ual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 QR25DE engine 1 Power steering fluid reservoir 2 Engine coolant reservoir 3 Engine oil filler cap 4 Brake fluid reservoir 5 Air cleaner 6 Fuse block Fusible links 7 Battery 8 Engine oil dipstick 9 Radiator cap 10 Drive belt location 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir LDI2111 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself VQ35DE engine 1 Power steering fluid reservoir 2 Engine coolant reservoir 3 Engine oil filler cap 4 Brake fluid reservoir 5 Air cleaner 6 Fuse block Fusible links 7 Battery 8 Engine oil dipstick 9 Radiator cap 10 Drive belt location 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir LDI2112 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cool ing system additives are not necessary WARNING Ne
470. und when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle NISSAN Intelligent Key door buzzer The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section 2 16 Instruments and controls The vehicle information display is located to the left of the speedometer It displays such items as Vehicle settings Trip computer information Cruise control system information NISSAN Intelligent Key operation informa tion Indicators and warnings if so equipped Tire Pressure information if so equipped Audio information Navigation information if so equipped HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display can be changed using the buttons and ENTER located on the steering wheel 1 select enter the Vehicle informa tion menu items or to change from one dis play screen to the next i e tri
471. uning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 Eighteen channels can be set for the satellite radio 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the satellite band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD AUX button With a CD loaded press the CD AUX button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is
472. unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL For QR25DE engine models Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 0W 20 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual For VQ35DE engine models Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 S
473. up holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident Soft bottle holder CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers Front LIC2298 Rear LIC2297 Soft bottle holder LIC2296 2 40 Instruments and controls GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle Use the master key when locking 1 or unlocking 2 the glove box WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop CONSOLE BOX Upper half Pull up on the driver s side latch to open the upper half of the console box The upper half of the console box may be used for storage of cellular phones An access hole is provided at the front of the upper half of the console box for phone cord routing to the power outlet Lower half Pull up on the passenger s side latch to open the lower half of the console box A power outlet is located inside the console box LIC2300 WIC1120 WIC1121 Instruments and controls 2 41 GROCERY HOOKS The grocery hooks are located in the trunk and can be used to hang a standard size plastic grocery bag CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 20 lbs 9 kg to a single grocery hook POWER WINDOWS WARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc
474. ure does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered WPD0361 WPD0362 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See the Troubleshooting guide that follows and Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle the vehicle system may respond differently than expected Symptom Possible Cause Remedy When stopping the engine The Shift to Park warning appears in the display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously The shift selector is not in the P Park position Move the shift selector to the P Park position When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle The Door Open warning appears in the dis play and the inside warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ACC position Place the ignition switch in the OFF position When closi
475. uter to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition is placed in the ON position Audio The audio can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position to display the radio information in the vehicle information dis play From the Main Menu Selection select Audio to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition is placed in the ON position Navigation if so equipped The navigation can be enabled disabled to dis play in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position 2 18 Instruments and controls From the Main Menu Selection select Naviga tion to display in the vehicle information display when turn by turn is used and the ignition is placed in the ON position Fuel Economy The fuel economy can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position From the Main Menu Selection select Fuel Economy to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition is placed in the ON position Tire Pressures if so equipped The tire pressures can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position From the Main Menu Selection select Tire Pressures to display in the vehicle information display when
476. utions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts WARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode is highly recommended Exercise extreme cau tion at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer WARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phon
477. ver remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause damage to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protec tion is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling
478. voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Voice Adaptation VA mode in this section The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phonebook in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 WARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con nectin
479. wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 47 MEMO 8 48 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 Specifications 9 8 Engine 9 8 Wheels and tires 9 9 Dimensions and weights 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Vehicle identification 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number 9 10 Engine serial number 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label
480. while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied CD AUX button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the CD AUX button to play a compatible device plugged into the AUX IN jack The CD AUX button is also used to switch the audio system to a source plugged into the USB input jack in the center console When
481. witch in the OFF position LSD2014 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH 5 8 Starting and driving The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to OFF until the shift selector is moved to the P Park posi tion When the ignition switch cannot be pushed to ward the OFF position proceed as follows 1 Move the shift selector into the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch The ignition switch position will change to the ON position 3 Push the ignition switch again to the OFF position The shift selector can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not
482. witch placed in the LOCK position When placing the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after a pe riod of time However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door or trunk lid with the key or by pressing the button on the Intelligent Key LIC0301 SECURITY SYSTEMS 2 26 Instruments and controls The alarm is activated by opening the door or trunk lid without using the key or Intelligent Key even if the door is unlocked by releasing the door inside lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door or the trunk lid with the key pressing the button on the Intelligent Key or press ing the request switch if so equipped on the driver s or passenger s door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key Never leave these keys in the vehicle Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of
483. wn to manually control the phone system LHA2273 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled To connect a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Use the TUNE SCROLL knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER but ton 3 Use the TUNE SCROLL knob to select Add Phone or Device and then press the ENTER button 4 When a message with a PIN appears on the screen operate the Bluetooth phone to enter the PIN The connecting procedure varies according to each phone See the phone s Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or call the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for in structions on connecting recommended cellular phones LHA2257 LHA2274 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems VOICE COMMANDS Voice commands can be used to operate the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Press the button and say Phone to bring up the phone command menu The available options are Call Phonebook Recent Calls Send Text Read Text Select Phone Call For more information on the Call command see Making a call in th
484. y when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function The operat ing environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operat
485. y Google For more information about these commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HELP VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands can be spoken to have the system provide instructions and tips for using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system List Commands What Can I Say General Help Quit Exit 4 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message Solution The system responds Command Not Recognized or the system fails to rec ognize the command correctly 1 Ensure that the command format is valid Use the List Commands or What Can I Say command under the Help menu 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example with the windows open or the defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place Mon
486. y a NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent WARNING Anti freeze is is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for windshield washer fluid This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir LDI2125 LDI2116 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels befor
487. y doors Pushing the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section Opening windows if so equipped The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously open windows equipped with automatic opera tion To open the windows press the but ton on the Intelligent Key longer than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the button on the Intelligent Key The door windows cannot be closed by using the Intelligent Key Releasing the trunk lid Press the button for longer than 0 5 sec onds to open the trunk lid The trunk release button will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the trunk cancel switch is in the OFF position See Cancel switch in this section WPD0364 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may ac
488. y gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 33 ft 10 m of the vehicle HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless e
489. y not illuminate See Child restraints earlier in this sec tion for information about installing and using child restraints Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as de scribed later in this section please take your vehicle to your NISSAN dealer to check the occupant classification system Until you have confirmed with your dealer that your passenger seat occu pant classification system is working properly position the occupants in the rear seating positions This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of
490. y shines on the rear of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When ambient brightness changes suddenly e g when the vehicle en ters or exits a tunnel or passes under a bridge If the camera lens is excessively dirty the automatic washer may not be able to completely clean the lens This could result in the camera not detecting ve hicles or lane markers Excessive noise e g audio system vol ume open vehicle window will inter fere with the chime sound and it may not be heard BSW SYSTEM OPERATION The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH 32 km h When the camera unit detects vehicles in the detection zone the Blind spot indicator light lo cated inside the outside mirrors will illuminate If the turn signal is then activated the system chimes twice and the Blind spot indicator light flashes to alert the driver The Blind spot indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle s leave the detection zone LSD2053 LSD2105 5 20 Starting and driving Detection zone The camera unit can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle when part of another vehicle is within the detection zone shown as illustrated This detection zone typically starts from the out side mirror of your vehicle and extends approxi mately 10 ft 3 0 m behind the rear bumper and approximately 10 ft 3 0 m sideways NOTE The Blind spot indicator light will illuminate for a few seconds when
491. you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecu tive times in quick succession or the igni tion switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury When the ignition switch is pushed without de pressing the brake pedal the ignition switch will illuminate Push the ignition switch center once to change to ACC two times to change to ON three times to return to OFF The ignition switch will automatically return to the LOCK position when any door is either opened or closed with the s
492. ystem Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume Menu control switch ENTER button While the display is showing a map or audio screen tilt the Menu Control switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than a tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds LHA2266 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 AM and FM Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to seek up or down to the next station Press the ENTER button to show the list of preset stations XM if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous category Press the ENTER button to show the XM Menu iPod if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Press the ENTER button to show the iPod Menu CD Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files Press the ENTER button to show the CD Menu

2013 Nissan Altima Sedan

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents